Quarterlytics / Industrials / FW Thorpe Plc / FY2020 Annual Report

FW Thorpe Plc
Annual Report 2020

TFW · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker TFW
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · FW Thorpe Plc
Loading PDF…
F
W
T
h
o
r
p
e
P
l
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
2
0

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   5

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:06

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Welcome to the 2020 Annual Report

Who We Are

We specialise in designing and manufacturing  
professional lighting systems. 

We currently employ over 650 people and although  
each company works autonomously, our skills and  
markets are complementary. 

Investment case
01  A well-positioned 

portfolio of companies 
across seven different 
countries

Read more on 
pages 28 to 36

Our Purpose
Provide technically advanced 
lighting solutions that deliver 
long-term lowest cost of 
ownership.

Our Vision
Maintain a consistently 
respected and profitable 
organisation with an 
environmental conscience.

02 Innovative products 

with market-leading 
technology 

Read more on 
pages 18 to 21

Our Values

03 Strong profit margins and 

robust balance sheet 

Read more on 
pages 78 to 83

Integrity

Honesty

Longevity

Visit us online at: 
www.fwthorpe.co.uk

Front cover picture: The Silverstone Experience

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   3

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:08

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Highlights

Financial Highlights

Revenue (£m)
+2.4%

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Operating profit (£m)
−7.5%

113.3

110.6

109.6

105.4

88.9

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

16.3

17.6*

19.5

18.4

16.2

*  2019 excludes the profit on disposal of property 

of £1.9m

Basic earnings per share 
(pence)
−17.7%

Diluted earnings per share 
(pence)
−17.6%

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

11.45

13.91

13.91

12.54

11.24

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

11.40

13.83

13.81

12.47

11.21

Dividend per Share (pence)

Operational Highlights

+2.4%

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

5.66

5.53

5.40

4.90

4.05

1.  Revenue surpassed last year’s 
high, supported by SmartScan 
sales, Famostar and Services
2.  Results dampened by impact 
of COVID-19 in last quarter of 
the financial year and the lower 
margins for Services

3.  Operating cash generated 
remained strong at £19.4m
4.  Solid recovery at the start of 

2020/21, operating performance 
in line with the start of 2019/20

Contents

Business Overview
Highlights
FW Thorpe at a Glance

Strategic Report
Chairman’s Statement
Marketplace
Business Model
Strategy
Strategy in Action: 

 SmartScan – New Features

Key Performance Indicators
Strategy in Action: 

01
02

08
11
14
16

18
22

 Opening of the Light  
Quality Experience
 Multi-million pound  
investment in new machinery 26
28

24

Operational Performance
Strategy in Action:

38

 Lightronics opens European 
Application Centre
Portland Lighting Moves  
40
to New Premises
Financial Performance
42
Principal Risks and Uncertainties 44
50
s172 statement
52
Sustainability

56
58

Our Governance
Board of Directors 
Directors’ Report
Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Independent Auditors’ Report  
to the Members of FW Thorpe Plc 69

64
65

79

Our Financials
Consolidated Income Statement 78
Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income
Consolidated and Company  
Statements of Financial Position 80
Consolidated Statement of  
Changes in Equity
Company Statement of  
Changes in Equity
Consolidated and Company  
Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to the Financial 
Statements
Notice of Meeting
Financial Calendar

84
128
131

83

82

81

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   1

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:09

01

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsFW Thorpe at a Glance

The complete service offering we provide...

Design & 
Development

£1.3m

Group spend on  
capitalised R&D

(2019: £1.8m)

Manufacturing

Services

£3.0m

Revenue from Services

(2019: £2.4m)

£1.1m

Acquisition of  
facilities for Portland

£2.3m

Acquisition of  
facilities for Famostar

Read about our service offering on pages 14 and 15

Our Strategic pillars...

SmartScan technology

Focus on high 
quality products  
and good 
leadership in 
technology 

Continue 
to grow the 
customer base 
for Group 
companies 

• 

• 

Focus on 
manufacturing  
excellence 

Continue to 
develop high  
quality people 

A sophisticated lighting management system for indoor and outdoor 
applications based on reliable wireless communications offering fully 
programmable control combined with energy and status reporting. 

Key features: 
• 

 Indoor and outdoor lighting 
management for energy 
conservation, flexibility and 
well-being.
 Fully automatic emergency 
lighting testing and reporting.
 Building management functions 
such as room occupancy 
profiling and air quality sensing.

• 
• 

• 

• 

 Fully programmable control.
 Sensor technology integral 
to the luminaire avoiding 
additional installation costs.
 Wireless communication 
protocol for simple installation.
 Web-based information display 
and reporting. 

Read about our strategic pillars  
on pages 16 and 17

Read about SmartScan on page 18

FW Thorpe timeline

1936

1940-1960

1965

1989

1990-1996

2005

2009

2011

Established by 
Frederick William 
Thorpe and his 
son Ernest Thorpe. 
Spinning circular 
reflectors

Moved to larger 
premises twice 
to cope with the 
expansion into 
linear fluorescent 
luminaires, and to 
enter the exterior 
and hazardous 
markets

02

Floated 
on the London  
Stock Exchange

Moved to 
our Redditch 
headquarters

Transferred  
to AIM

Acquired 
Solite Europe 
Lighting for 
clean rooms

Acquisition 
of Portland 
Lighting 

Mackwell 
Electronics 
disposal

First acquisition  
– Mackwell  
Electronics

Start-up in retail 
and display 
lighting

Acquired  
Philip Payne 
emergency  
exit signs

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   2

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:10

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020 
Our Global footprint

We focus on long-term growth and stability, achieved by delivering 
market-leading products, backed by excellent customer service.

Revenue by region (£m)

 3

1

 7

2

4

 5

1 United Kingdom 
Thorlux Lighting,  
Philip Payne,  
Solite Europe,  
Portland Lighting,  
TRT Lighting

2 Netherlands 

Lightronics, Famostar

3

Ireland 
Thorlux Lighting

4 Germany 

Thorlux Lighting

5 United Arab Emirates 
Thorlux Lighting

6 Australia 

Thorlux Lighting Australasia

7

Spain 
Luxintec

2.7

12.2

28.7

2020

2.5

11.2

6

28.2

2019

 UK 
 Netherlands 
 Rest of Europe 
 Rest of the World

69.7

68.7

Read about our marketplace on pages 11 and 12

Read about our performance 
on page 28

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

Start-up company 
TRT Lighting 

Entered the street 
lighting market

Creation of an in-
house LED printed 
circuit board 
production line 

Ability to 
place 400,000 
components 
per day

Acquisition 
of Lightronics 
– Netherlands

Develop  
European market 

Sugg Lighting 
disposal 

Investment  
in Luxintec 
– Spain 

Target Spanish 
market and 
acquire lens 
specialism

Acquired 
remaining share 
capital in Thorlux 
Australasia

Target Australian 
market, improve 
performance

Acquired Famostar 
– Netherlands

Improved 
emergency 
lighting product 
offering

Compact 
Lighting business 
successfully 
merged with 
Thorlux Lighting

Portsmouth  
facility sold 

All operating 
businesses housed 
in Group-owned 
property

Maintained 
operations 
during COVID-19 
pandemic

03

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   3

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:11

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsFW Thorpe at a Glance continued

Description
The Thorlux range of luminaires 
is designed, manufactured and 
distributed by Thorlux Lighting, a 
division of FW Thorpe Plc.

Thorlux luminaires have been 
manufactured continuously since 
1936, the year Frederick William 
Thorpe founded the company.

The company now operates from 
the Group’s modern 16,882m2 
self-contained factory in Redditch, 
Worcestershire, central England.

Thorlux is well known throughout the 
world and provides a comprehensive 
range of professional lighting and 
control systems for a wide variety of 
applications.

Key products
• 

Recessed, surface 
and suspended 
luminaires
Emergency  
lighting systems

• 

•  Hazardous  
area lighting
•  High and low  
bay luminaires
Lighting controls
Exterior lighting

• 
• 

Market sectors
•  Commercial
Industrial
• 
Education
• 
•  Healthcare
•  Manufacturing
Retail, Display  
• 
and Hospitality

Description
Philip Payne recognises that most 
trade emergency exit signage 
products are generally designed with 
the functional in mind.

Philip Payne offers a backbone range 
of quality standard products but 
more importantly encourages direct 
dialogue with architects and designers 
to ensure, via product variation or 
bespoke work, aesthetic aspirations 
and requirements are fully met.

Key products
Emergency  
• 
exit signage
Emergency  
lighting 
systems

• 

Market sectors
•  Commercial
•  Hospitality
•  Healthcare

Description

TRT (Thorlux Road and Tunnel) 

Key products

• 

Road and  

Description

Based in Waalwijk, Netherlands, 

Lighting is an independent specialist 

tunnel lighting

Lightronics specialises in the 

company which has evolved from 

•  Amenity 

Thorlux Lighting.

lighting

Building on years of lighting 

experience, TRT is dedicated to the 

design, manufacture and supply of 

LED road and tunnel luminaires.  

TRT produces quality, efficient, stylish, 

high performance LED products that 

are manufactured in the UK.

Market sectors

• 

• 

Infrastructure

Facilities –  

car parking

Key products

• 

Road lighting

•  Amenity 

lighting

•  Outdoor wall 

and ceiling 

luminaires

controls

Market sectors

• 

• 

Infrastructure

Facilities –  

car parking

•  Housing

ceiling luminaires as well as control 

• 

Lighting 

development, manufacture and 

supply of external and impact 

resistant lighting, which includes 

street lighting, outdoor wall and 

systems. The majority of its revenue 

is derived from the Netherlands but 

there is also an export presence in 

other European locations.

Lightronics was originally established 

in 1946 and has a strong tradition 

of solid, reliable products as well 

as being known for its innovation. 

Products are environmentally friendly 

in terms of energy use as well as in the 

prevention of light pollution.

Read more on page 29

Read more on page 31

Read more on page 34

Read more on page 35

Description
Solite Europe is a leading 
manufacturer and supplier of clean 
room lighting equipment and 
luminaires within the UK and Europe.

Solite provide luminaires for 
laboratories, pharmaceutical and 
semi-conductor manufacturing areas 
including hospitals, kitchens and food 
preparation applications.

Key products
•  Clean room 
luminaires

Market sectors
Pharmaceutical
• 
•  Healthcare
Education/
• 
Research

Key products
Lighting for 
• 
signs

Market sectors
Retail
• 
•  Hospitality 
•  Advertising

Description
Portland Lighting designs, 
manufactures and supplies innovative 
lighting products to the advertising, 
brewery, retail and sign lighting 
industries.

The company operates from a modern 
1,394m2 facility in Walsall, which was 
purposely designed to enable the fast 
turnaround of customer orders.

Established in 1994, the product 
range has continually evolved to 
ensure that Portland remains one of 
the leading companies in its sector.

Description

Our investment in Luxintec, 

based in Valladolid, in north-west 

Spain, specialises in the design, 

development and manufacture of 

innovative and high performance LED 

luminaires and lighting systems.

Alongside its range of luminaires for 

a variety of market sectors, Luxintec 

designs and produces custom LED 

lighting solutions for emergency 

vehicles, general automotive and 

other customer applications.

Key products

• 

• 

LED industrial 

luminaires

LED retail and  

display 

luminaires

•  Customised 

LED solutions

• 

LED optics

Market sectors

•  Architectural

• 

• 

Retail

Industrial

•  Automotive

Description

Based in Velp, Netherlands, Famostar 

specialises in the development, 

manufacture and supply of 

emergency lighting products. 

Revenue is derived from the 

Netherlands, where it is considered 

one of the foremost brands in the 

market.

Famostar was originally established 

in 1947, with each product being 

designed and manufactured at its 

own production facility. Famostar 

has a reputation for designing and 

manufacturing reliable luminaires 

offering solutions for sectors 

including commercial, industrial, 

education and retail applications.

Emergency lighting 

knowledge and 

expertise is key to 

the success of the 

business. Famostar 

offers both the correct 

technical solution 

and unique proposals 

to complement 

the needs of the 

customer. 

Key products

Emergency  

exit signage

Emergency  

lighting systems

Market sectors

•  Commercial

Industrial

Education

Retail and 

Hospitality

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Read more on page 32

Read more on page 33

Read more on page 36

04

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   4

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:17

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Key products

Description

• 

Recessed, surface 

Philip Payne recognises that most 

and suspended 

trade emergency exit signage 

Key products

• 

• 

Emergency  

exit signage

Emergency  

lighting 

systems

Market sectors

•  Commercial

•  Hospitality

•  Healthcare

products are generally designed with 

the functional in mind.

Philip Payne offers a backbone range 

of quality standard products but 

more importantly encourages direct 

dialogue with architects and designers 

to ensure, via product variation or 

bespoke work, aesthetic aspirations 

and requirements are fully met.

Description

The Thorlux range of luminaires 

is designed, manufactured and 

distributed by Thorlux Lighting, a 

division of FW Thorpe Plc.

Thorlux luminaires have been 

manufactured continuously since 

1936, the year Frederick William 

Thorpe founded the company.

The company now operates from 

the Group’s modern 16,882m2 

self-contained factory in Redditch, 

Worcestershire, central England.

Thorlux is well known throughout the 

world and provides a comprehensive 

range of professional lighting and 

control systems for a wide variety of 

applications.

luminaires

• 

Emergency  

lighting systems

•  Hazardous  

area lighting

•  High and low  

bay luminaires

Lighting controls

Exterior lighting

Market sectors

•  Commercial

Industrial

Education

•  Healthcare

•  Manufacturing

• 

Retail, Display  

and Hospitality

• 

• 

• 

• 

Description
TRT (Thorlux Road and Tunnel) 
Lighting is an independent specialist 
company which has evolved from 
Thorlux Lighting.

Building on years of lighting 
experience, TRT is dedicated to the 
design, manufacture and supply of 
LED road and tunnel luminaires.  
TRT produces quality, efficient, stylish, 
high performance LED products that 
are manufactured in the UK.

Key products
Road and  
• 
tunnel lighting

•  Amenity 

lighting

Market sectors
Infrastructure
• 
Facilities –  
• 
car parking

Key products
• 
Road lighting
•  Amenity 

lighting
•  Outdoor wall 
and ceiling 
luminaires
Lighting 
controls

• 

Market sectors
Infrastructure
• 
Facilities –  
• 
car parking

•  Housing

Description
Based in Waalwijk, Netherlands, 
Lightronics specialises in the 
development, manufacture and 
supply of external and impact 
resistant lighting, which includes 
street lighting, outdoor wall and 
ceiling luminaires as well as control 
systems. The majority of its revenue 
is derived from the Netherlands but 
there is also an export presence in 
other European locations.

Lightronics was originally established 
in 1946 and has a strong tradition 
of solid, reliable products as well 
as being known for its innovation. 
Products are environmentally friendly 
in terms of energy use as well as in the 
prevention of light pollution.

Read more on page 29

Read more on page 31

Read more on page 34

Read more on page 35

Description

Solite Europe is a leading 

Key products

•  Clean room 

Description

Portland Lighting designs, 

Key products

• 

Lighting for 

manufacturer and supplier of clean 

luminaires

manufactures and supplies innovative 

signs

room lighting equipment and 

luminaires within the UK and Europe.

Solite provide luminaires for 

laboratories, pharmaceutical and 

semi-conductor manufacturing areas 

including hospitals, kitchens and food 

preparation applications.

Market sectors

Pharmaceutical

•  Healthcare

• 

• 

Education/

Research

Market sectors

• 

Retail

•  Hospitality 

•  Advertising

lighting products to the advertising, 

brewery, retail and sign lighting 

industries.

The company operates from a modern 

1,394m2 facility in Walsall, which was 

purposely designed to enable the fast 

turnaround of customer orders.

Established in 1994, the product 

range has continually evolved to 

ensure that Portland remains one of 

the leading companies in its sector.

Description
Our investment in Luxintec, 
based in Valladolid, in north-west 
Spain, specialises in the design, 
development and manufacture of 
innovative and high performance LED 
luminaires and lighting systems.

Alongside its range of luminaires for 
a variety of market sectors, Luxintec 
designs and produces custom LED 
lighting solutions for emergency 
vehicles, general automotive and 
other customer applications.

Key products
LED industrial 
• 
luminaires

• 

LED retail and  
display 
luminaires

•  Customised 
LED solutions

• 
LED optics
Market sectors
•  Architectural
Retail
• 
• 
Industrial
•  Automotive

Description
Based in Velp, Netherlands, Famostar 
specialises in the development, 
manufacture and supply of 
emergency lighting products. 
Revenue is derived from the 
Netherlands, where it is considered 
one of the foremost brands in the 
market.

Famostar was originally established 
in 1947, with each product being 
designed and manufactured at its 
own production facility. Famostar 
has a reputation for designing and 
manufacturing reliable luminaires 
offering solutions for sectors 
including commercial, industrial, 
education and retail applications.

Emergency lighting 
knowledge and 
expertise is key to 
the success of the 
business. Famostar 
offers both the correct 
technical solution 
and unique proposals 
to complement 
the needs of the 
customer. 

Key products
Emergency  
• 
exit signage
Emergency  
lighting systems

• 

Market sectors
•  Commercial
Industrial
• 
• 
Education
Retail and 
• 
Hospitality

Read more on page 32

Read more on page 33

Read more on page 36

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   5

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:19

05

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsStrategic  
Report

Chairman’s Statement
Marketplace
Business Model
Strategy
Strategy in Action: 

 SmartScan – New Features

Key Performance Indicators
Strategy in Action: 

 Opening of the Light  
Quality Experience
 Multi-million pound  
investment in new machinery

Operational Performance
Strategy in Action:

 Lightronics opens European 
Application Centre
Portland Lighting Moves  
to New Premises
Financial Performance
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
s172 statement
Sustainability

08
11
14
16

18
22

24

26
28

38

40
42
44
50
52

Gilks Garage Café

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   6

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:29

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   7

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:30

Chairman’s Statement

Remarkably, the 2020/21 financial year has 
started reasonably well overall for the Group, 
all things considered, with orders and revenue 
similar to levels at the start of last year.”

£44m

Revenue from outside the UK

(2019: £42m)

Despite seriously challenging 
times for all of us, your Company 
remains very profitable and in 
a good, robust condition. The 
word “unprecedented” has been 
used prolifically during 2020, 
and again in the last few days 
the resilience of the business 
has been demonstrated, with 
Lightronics experiencing a fire 
at its facility in the Netherlands; 
I provide more details on 
this towards the end of my 
statement.

Until the March lockdown, whilst 
there were the usual Group ups and 
downs, most companies were in a 
strong position, especially at the main 
division, Thorlux Lighting, where 
orders were at record numbers and 
good levels of profit were being 
achieved. During each of the worst 
months – in March, April and May – 
the Group still returned an operating 
profit. Inevitably, however, profit in 

those months was much reduced, 
dampening the year-end result, 
which, until the COVID pandemic, 
the Board had expected to be an 
improvement on the previous year’s. 

All factories within the Group 
presently operate with full capacity 
available, using COVID-secure 
methods. No factory staff have been 
on furlough since early June. Over 
100 office staff are still working 
successfully from home, with 
excellent IT logistics providing the 
capabilities to work near normally in 
most cases.

The Annual Report and Accounts 
contains a more detailed overview 
of the COVID situation and how it is 
being dealt with across the Group, 
together with a closer appraisal of the 
performance of each Group company.

Group results
Year-end revenue was higher than 
the previous year’s, culminating in an 
overall increase of 2.4%, at £113.3m. 
Most of the growth was attributed 
to Thorlux Lighting, with some of 
that revenue resulting from larger 
projects including survey, installation 
and project management activities. 
Group cumulative operating profit 
had been ahead of last year’s until 
lockdown occurred. During April and 
May in particular, lockdown resulted 

in significantly reduced revenue for 
the UK companies, wiping out the 
cumulative profit gain and losing 
positive momentum; revenue for this 
period was down on the previous 
year’s by 27%. Final operating profit 
for the year was down by 7.5% 
(before disposal of property last year), 
at £16.3m – a creditable result, all 
things considered.

There were notable performances 
across the Group: at Thorlux, TRT 
Lighting and Famostar. Thorlux 
experienced excellent order levels 
throughout the year, especially for 
larger special projects in the rail 
and healthcare sectors, resulting in 
order income of £75m, up 4%, and an 
improved return on sales until the last 
quarter. TRT improved profitability 
again, albeit dampened by the 
restrictions in April and May, whilst 
Famostar managed an increase even 
in its final operating profit (before 
acquisition adjustments), of +41%, to 
€2.8m. In addition, throughout late 
spring and early summer, the Group’s 
Dutch companies did a tremendous 
job of safely operating their 
factories at near-normal levels and 
experienced only slightly reduced 
customer demand. 

08

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   8

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:32

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020The Silverstone Experience

I am proud that both Thorlux and 
Philip Payne manufactured lights for 
the Birmingham Nightingale Hospital 
and continued to supply other 
healthcare projects throughout the 
critical period.

Through prudent management of the 
business over many successful years, 
FW Thorpe has a strong balance 
sheet with significant reserves, and 
at the start of the COVID crisis Group 
companies were showing good levels 
of orders. The Board decided not to 
apply for any government support 
for furloughed employees during 
lockdown; this impacted operating 
costs by £0.6m, as the Group paid all 
employees normal salary whilst they 
were not working. This decision was 
duly considered and leaves the Group 
free of debt to external supporters, 
protects its reputation, and gives 
management ongoing freedom to 
make choices for the good of the 
business and its shareholders. 

The Group’s robust balance sheet 
and continued strong operating cash 
flow performance allow the Board to 
recommend a final dividend of 4.2p 
per share (2019: 4.1p) for the year to 30 
June 2020, which gives a total of 5.66p 
(2019: 5.53p) and an increase of 2.4%. 

Outlook
Remarkably, the 2020/21 financial 
year has started reasonably well 
overall for the Group, all things 
considered, with orders and 
revenue similar to levels at the 
start of last year. However, some 
of the Group’s smaller companies 
are suffering a reduction in orders 
– most notably Portland Lighting, 
which primarily serves the retail and 
hospitality sectors. 

Recent investments in new 
machinery, new factories and in 
(temporarily suspended) customer 
experience centres are now 
completed, putting the Group 
in good shape. No significant 
investment is planned in the first 
months of this new financial year, 
beyond the usual requirements for 
keeping products and technology up 
to date with market expectations. 

Such an extreme situation has 
reminded the Board that FW Thorpe 
is intentionally managed cautiously 
to serve many market sectors, both in 
the type of products manufactured 
and geographically. This wide focus 
reduces the Group’s exposure to 
changes in political situation and in 
technology, and during this year has 
given some degree of resilience in 
response to the pandemic. 

It seems inevitable, however, that 
there will be a global recession, and 
that the UK, against a backdrop 
of Brexit uncertainly and the 
intense lockdown enforced by the 
Government, could be affected worse 
than many countries. 

Whilst the Group’s present order 
book is healthy and daily orders are 
good, this is partly attributable to an 
amount of pre-COVID work carried 
forward and to pent-up demand 
in the market. Due to significantly 
reduced new-project sales visits and 
activity during lockdown, reduced 
usage of the Group’s extensive 
Application and Experience Centres, 
and the general state of the economy, 
it is difficult to predict anything other 
than a downturn in orders at the end 
of the 2020 calendar year. 

All Group companies are being 
closely managed and performance 
is being monitored. Where markets 
have been severely affected, the 
Board will focus its attention on 
finding new markets in more 
buoyant areas; however, transitioning 
businesses into these new areas 
takes time. There are a number of 
larger-scale project opportunities for 
Group companies to target, but these 
inevitably come with tighter margins 
and higher operating costs.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   9

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:44

09

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportChairman’s Statement continued

now in use in several other Group 
companies, which, like Thorlux, are 
finding the market very receptive to 
the latest wireless technology.

the warehouse and offices. The Board 
would like to express its thanks to the 
local fire brigade for their efforts to 
limit the spread of the fire.

Longer term, it is widely believed that 
UK and EU governments will invest to 
stimulate the economy. FW Thorpe is 
well positioned to be able to benefit 
from this as and when it occurs. 

The Group remains acquisitive and 
continues to carefully investigate 
complementary businesses; however, 
opportunities have taken a back seat 
whilst the Board focuses on day-to-
day operations and waits for more 
stability in the Group’s markets in 
Europe and further afield.

Personnel
I would like to thank my whole team 
for their continued support and 
diligence through such challenging 
times. The Board is especially 
grateful to employees who so 
positively turned up to the Group’s 
factories to work right through 
this unprecedented situation, and 
to those who kept motivated and 
committed whilst working from 
home, often from their dining-
room tables and with added family 
distractions. Everyone’s flexibility 
and conscientiousness throughout 
this period has kept the Group’s 
customers satisfied, with on-time 
deliveries and services, whilst the 
companies’ professionalism in 
managing risk has kept everyone in 
the Group safe.

Lightronics
As the Board puts the finishing 
touches to this year’s Annual Report 
and Accounts, I unfortunately have to 
report that Lightronics experienced a 
fire on 23 September at its facility in 
the Netherlands.

Fortunately, no one was injured; 
however, damage to the assembly 
area and the European Application 
Centre is significant. The combination 
of the fire brigade’s actions and the 
fire protection invested in during 
the recent refurbishment was able 
to prevent the fire from spreading to 

With the support of the Group, 
Lightronics is working to restore 
operations to full capacity and has 
secured a temporary site. Whilst 
short-term disruption is inevitable, 
some servicing of customer 
requirements commenced within 
24 hours of the fire. The limited 
impact on Lightronics’ inventories, its 
ability to source further supplies, as 
well as the rapid response in which 
Lightronics is resuming operations 
and servicing customer needs, 
should, together with insurance cover 
for any unavoidable financial loss, 
result in no significant impact on the 
Lightronics business this year.

The Board wishes the team in the 
Netherlands well and thanks them for 
their efforts to limit the effects of the 
fire during these challenging times.

Annual General Meeting 2020
Unfortunately, due to the current 
restrictions put in place by the UK 
Government with regard to public 
gatherings, the Group is unable to 
hold its annual general meeting in 
the same way as in previous years. 
The Board will, of course, endeavour 
to give shareholders the opportunity 
to ask questions in other ways; please 
see the Notice of Meeting for further 
details. I look forward to welcoming 
you all back next year.

Best wishes to all the Group’s 
shareholders, stakeholders and 
employees during this difficult period.

Mike Allcock 
Chairman and Joint Chief Executive

30 September 2020

+2.4%

Dividend

(2019: +2.4%)

All Group companies have benefited 
from the market adoption of LED 
technology over the last decade. 
Sales of LED luminaires were relatively 
easy to achieve, primarily on the 
basis of significant energy savings 
and increased reliability. Projects that 
can benefit from LED technology 
remain firm targets, such as where 
projects are still lit with luminaires 
using fluorescent lamps. For example, 
recent healthcare projects that 
Thorlux delivered were funded by 
paybacks that the customer achieved 
with LED technology. Opportunities 
to replace non-LED lamps are, 
however, fewer now. Early LED 
installations are now eight to ten 
years old, so the replacement market 
will soon become a target again. 

Group companies need to offer 
features beyond energy saving and 
reliability alone. Options include 
improving the quality of the white 
light from LED luminaires, reducing 
glare, and improving the ecological 
impacts of our product designs.

Thorlux will continue to invest 
in controls technology, to offer 
lighting units with intelligence 
and connectivity that can link into 
other areas of building control and 
information technology. Thorlux 
continues to successfully evolve 
the SmartScan system, which now 
controls and monitors devices 
beyond purely lighting technology. 
(You can read more about this 
in a specific feature later in the 
Annual Report and Accounts.) Such 
controls technology will give Group 
companies an advantage over 
competitors offering cheap low-
quality luminaires. SmartScan is 

10

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   10

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:44

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020 
Marketplace

Commercial

Housing

Industrial

Facilities

Education

Infrastructure

Healthcare

Advertising

Manufacturing

Research & 
Development

Retail

Pharmaceutical

Display

Hospitality

Geographic markets

UK

+1%

Revenue

Netherlands

+2%

Revenue

• 

 Increased business from heavy industry, healthcare 
and rail

• 
• 

 Fall in Lightronics revenue offset by Famostar growth
 Demand largely unaffected by COVID-19

•  Services revenue increased albeit with minimal gross 

contribution

Europe

+10%

Revenue

Other countries

+6%

Revenue

•  Additional business in Germany and Ireland

• 

Improved demand in Australia and the UAE

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   11

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:45

11

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportJob Number  6 October 2020 1:05 pm  Proof 11Marketplace continued How did you manage through  the initial impact of COVID-19?Our priority was the health and well-being of our employees whilst balancing the requirements of essential customers during the first few weeks of restrictions. Decisive action was taken at an early stage to enable those employees who could work from home to do so and to ensure the safety of those employees who remained at our facilities. Detailed risk assessments, endorsed by an independent third party, were undertaken to enable us to continue operating at our manufacturing sites. See page 44. Which market sectors are growing? The main growth areas have been healthcare and rail. This continues to justify our investment in business development for these areas. The growth in these areas however was offset by reductions in general commercial and education spending. We will consider how we deploy our existing selling resource during 2020/21 in order to target specific sectors. Which sectors are you focusing on? Our product and solution portfolio continues to evolve and can cater for a variety of different sectors. We continue to focus on the healthcare, logistics and retail sectors but with some renewed endeavour on education. Do your competitors have an interest  in each of these markets as well?We have both domestic and international competition across all of these markets, from listed multinationals to solid private businesses. We continue to differentiate ourselves with product and systems innovation, combined with excellent customer service through the life cycle of a project. Are you in each of these markets in all  of the geographies you operate within?We tend to focus on particular product ranges in new territories. We focus on our industrial products with controls technology as this has driven export success in the past. That does not preclude us from offering solutions in other sectors and we have won orders in education and facilities as examples.University of WorcesterAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20201227581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   1206/10/2020   17:05:06Increase in demand  
for technology

International  
economic conditions

Globalisation

What this means
• 

Evolution of controls technology 
– wireless

•  Connectivity with the internet and 

other devices – the Internet  
of Things

What this means
•  COVID-19 crisis has driven many 
global economies into recession
•  Certain sectors and businesses 

under pressure and facing several 
years to recover

•  Ability to offer customers 

•  Pressure on global supply chains

What this means
•  Responding to the demands of 

our traditional customers who are 
developing a global footprint
•  Harmonisation of technology from 
the adoption of LED brings the 
threat of increased competition 
from both Far Eastern and Western 
economies

•  Recent global pandemic 

highlights the need for resilience 
in the supply chain

Opportunity it provides
•  Certain sectors will continue to 
invest or potentially increase 
investment – healthcare, logistics 
are examples

•  Government has indicated the 
intention to invest to support 
economy – more projects to be 
given the “green light”

•  Potential to acquire competitors 
who struggle to recover as 
economies restart

Opportunity it provides
•  Chance to establish ourselves in 
new territories with established 
customers in the countries we 
currently supply into

•  New sourcing opportunities – 
pricing, quality, technology
•  Potential for customers to 

reconsider sourcing strategies and 
buy “local”

additional functionality by adding 
different sensor technology and 
presenting data, e.g. air quality 
data, occupancy profiling
The Group has seen a shift in LED 
sales, moving from 3% to 90% of 
total revenue in recent years

• 

Opportunity it provides
Improves ability to hold 
• 
specification business with our 
own controls offering

•  Potential to supply retrofit projects 
with wireless controls where wired 
controls were cost prohibitive

•  Offer solutions to provide 

additional data specific to the 
market sector, i.e. occupancy 
sensing for logistics and facilities 
management

•  Demand for retrofit installations 
replacing fluorescent lighting for 
LED – for example street lighting 
or education sector

How we are responding
•  Well placed with introduction of 

• 

SmartScan in 2016
Further development of the 
SmartScan platform, bringing 
other non-lighting devices into the 
web portal

How we are responding
• 

Ensure our businesses are not 
reliant on any one sector in 
particular
Target sectors where demand is 
stable or increasing i.e. logistics, 
healthcare

• 

•  Occupancy profiling, air quality 

•  Redirect sales focus as appropriate

sensing, and the ability to change 
colour temperature are all features
•  All new product developments are 

LED based

•  Continual review of LED 

technology offerings to take 
advantage of the latest advances 
and ensure we are offering the 
best solutions to our customers

How we are responding
•  Working with global customers 
•  Continual development of the 

supply chain 

•  Potential to establish new offices 
in chosen locations to support 
both customer and supply chain 
development in the future

13

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   13

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:55

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportBusiness Model

Customers come to us for peace of mind. They want the correct technical solution, professional 
service, sustainability of products/services and the ability to support the customer during a 
product’s warrantable life and beyond. 

Our business model is focused on the needs of our customers and the marketplace, with a robust 
capital structure that underpins our ability to deliver sustainable growth, innovative products 
and excellent customer service.

>

>

>

The key resources  
we utilise...

The service offering  
we provide...

The key markets  
we serve...

Design & Innovation 
Continuous product 
development – products, 
software/controls, lighting 
design

Talented People 
Continual development 

Design & 
Development

£1.3m

Group spend on  
capitalised R&D

(2019: £1.8m)

Manufacturing
Commercial

Manufacturing Facilities 
UK – multiple sites,  
Europe – Netherlands, Spain  
Continual Investment 

Commercial

Commercial

Commercial

£1.1m

Acquisition of  
facilities for Portland 
Hospitality

Hospitality

£2.3m

Acquisition of  
Education
Industrial
facilities for Famostar
Education
Industrial

Commercial

Industrial

Education

Healthcare

Manufacturing

Commercial

Industrial

Education

Healthcare

Manufacturing

Retail

Retail

Display

Display

Hospitality

Pharmaceutical

Hospitality

Pharmaceutical

Research & 
Development
Research & 
Development

Advertising

Infrastructure

Facilities

Advertising

Infrastructure

Facilities

Housing

Housing

Industrial

Industrial

Education

Education

Healthcare

Manufacturing

Healthcare

Manufacturing

Retail

Retail

Display

Display

Pharmaceutical

Pharmaceutical

Research & 
Development
Research & 
Development

Advertising

Infrastructure

Advertising

Infrastructure

Facilities

Facilities

Housing

Housing

Healthcare

Manufacturing

Healthcare

Manufacturing

Retail

Retail

Display

Display

Commercial

Financial & Environmental 
Sustainability 
Financial stability, Carbon  
Offset Scheme 

Industrial

Education

Services

Healthcare

Manufacturing

Retail

Advertising

Infrastructure

Advertising

Infrastructure

Display

Facilities

Facilities

Housing

Housing

Hospitality

Pharmaceutical

Hospitality

Research & 
Development
Research & 
Development

Pharmaceutical

£3.0m

Revenue from Services
Manufacturing
Advertising

Healthcare
Research & 
(2019: £2.4m)
Development

Commercial

Industrial
Hospitality

Education
Pharmaceutical

Retail
Infrastructure

Display
Facilities

Housing

14

Hospitality

Pharmaceutical

Research & 
Development

Advertising

Infrastructure

Facilities

Housing

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   14

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:56

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020>

Solutions provided for  
our customers...

The value generated...

Target  
Customers

Those responsible for the 
whole life cycle cost of the 
products/services we supply

•  Energy efficiency

•  Low maintenance

•  Rapid installation

•  Longevity of product

•  Low total cost of ownership

Customers
Short-term
Replacement of ageing 
technology with improved 
lighting systems

Long-term
Innovative lighting that delivers 
cost savings and additional 
benefits, such as data capture 
and presentation

Shareholders
Short-term
Opportunity to invest in 
a company that pays a 
progressive dividend and with  
a robust balance sheet

Long-term
Sustainable profit growth  
drives future shareholder 
returns

Employees
Short-term
Opportunity to work with an 
innovative market leading 
company within the lighting 
industry

Long-term
Continual development with a  
variety of Group companies in a 
number of different territories

Our revenue drivers

Specification – renovations, new 
build, energy saving, compliance, 
technology adoption

Diversified product portfolio 
gives the ability to supply a 
complete project – “boiler room to 
board room”

Cross-selling opportunities with 
other Group companies to offer 
a complete solution to a wide 
variety of sectors

15

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   15

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:56

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportStrategy

Our products are sold throughout the world. The Group management team is passionate about 
developing the business for the benefit of the shareholders, employees and customers. With the 
energy and ability of our staff we look forward to the future with enthusiasm. Our aim is to create 
shareholder value through market leadership in the design, manufacture and supply of professional 
lighting systems.

Our focus is for long-term growth and stability, achieved through the following priorities:

Focus on high quality  
products and good  
leadership in technology

Continue to grow  
the customer base  
for Group companies

Customers continually require new 
and innovative ways in which to 
reduce the operating costs of their 
lighting installations. There is also 
the requirement to reduce their 
environmental impacts.

Progress to date
•  Continued enhancement of 
features for the SmartScan 
wireless system – occupancy 
profiling, air quality, colour 
changing capability and further 
data capture
Integration of lens and optical 
technology into certain ranges

• 

Future opportunities
•  Further development of 

SmartScan

•  Continuous research and 

development

•  Targeted acquisition

Associated risks 
C

• 
• 

Product acceptance
Initial product introduction

Strategy in Action
Case Study:  
SmartScan – New Features

With the continued investment in 
the product portfolio and the broad 
range of sectors we can service, 
the focus will be on expanding our 
customer base in new markets and 
territories.

Progress to date
•  Targeted approach in the 
Netherlands with Thorlux 
industrial product portfolio
•  Luxintec adoption of Smart 

and SmartScan technology in 
existing product portfolio
Introduce Famostar product 
portfolio to territories where the 
Group has a presence
Introduce selected Luxintec 
product to the UK via Thorlux

• 

• 

Future opportunities
•  Consider further sales offices 

overseas

•  Potential business development 

• 

investment
Investment in sales personnel in 
the UK and overseas
•  Targeted acquisition

Associated risks 
A C D J

• 

• 

Short-term cost increase without 
immediate return
Prolonged time required to establish 
FW Thorpe brands in new territories

Strategy in Action
Case Study: 
Opening of the Light Quality 
Experience Centre

Read more on page 18

Read more on page 24

Overview of strategy 

•  Strategy was designed to 
build on the values that 
have been at the core of the 
company since its inception. 
FW Thorpe has been built on 
product innovation – design 
and product development is 
fundamental.

•  The Group is product led. 

This enables us to maintain 
competitive advantage with 
marketing leading products, 
utilising technology to retain 
and attract new customers.

•  Sustainable growth is key to 
our stakeholders – targeting 
new customers in existing 
or new territories, using our 
product portfolio to drive into 
new sectors.

•  Control of the manufacturing 

processes is of utmost 
importance – key processes 
are kept in-house with 
targeted investment in new 
machinery as required.

•  Family principles with 

our people fundamental 
to our success – internal 
development, training and 
experience. The Group prides 
itself on the development 
of people from within the 
organisation – maintaining 
our values.

16

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   16

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:56

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Focus on manufacturing  
excellence

Continue to develop  
high quality people

Our Values

One of our main sources of 
competitive advantage, it is 
imperative we continually develop 
and retain talent within the 
business.

Progress to date
•  Training and development 
•  Apprentice scheme continues
• 
Investment in management 
training

Along with continued product 
development, the need to innovate 
the production process is essential.

Progress to date
•  Acquired existing Famostar 
facility and adjacent land for 
potential future expansion
•  New punch/bend capacity 

brought online

•  Utilisation of former TRT facility 
to enable social distancing 
measures for Thorlux and TRT, 
store additional stock for Brexit/
COVID-19 protection

Integrity Honesty Longevity

Risks key 

A Adverse economic  

conditions

B Changes in government 
legislation or policy

C Competitive environment

D Price changes

E Business continuity

Future opportunities
•  Continued investment in  
manufacturing facilities

Future opportunities
•  Continued investment in training  
and personnel development

F Credit risk

G Movements in  

currency exchange

H Cyber security

I

Exit from the  
European Union

J Global pandemic

Associated risks 
 C  E

Associated risks 
 C

 I

• 

• 

Reduced productivity while changes 
are implemented
Learning curve on introduction of 
new products and processes

• 

• 

Ability to retain staff in competitive 
local job markets
Potential loss of UK personnel from 
the EU due to Brexit uncertainty

Strategy in Action
Case Study:  
Multi-million pound investment  
in new machinery

Read more on page 26

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   17

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:57

17

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportStrategy in Action

SmartScan – New Features

Building designers and 
developers are under 
increasing environmental 
and legislative pressure to 
reduce their carbon footprint 
while providing high demand 
essential logistics space within 
increasingly challenging 
environments. Taking this into 
account, the highly successful 
SmartScan wireless lighting 
management system has been 
upgraded with the addition 
of new features, including air 
quality sensing and occupancy 
profiling.

Utilising BEA, SmartScan has the 
ability to maximise:

•  Space efficiency
•  Operating cost savings
•  Staff well-being
•  Productivity
•  Carbon reduction

Working closely with a particular 
client, Thorlux has taken this a step 
further and introduced the provision 
for Built Environment Analytics 
(BEA). Built Environment Analytics 
was created for building tenants, to 
give them a greater understanding 
of how their facility performs in 
operation. Supplying previously 
unreported metrics for trend analysis 
empowers a greater reduction in 
energy consumption, with essential 
environmental information based 
upon qualitative data.

SmartScan Website
The system is accessed using a web browser; there is no need for a specific app or piece of software.

Energy performance data, emergency lighting testing records, occupancy profiles, air quality data, “as fitted” drawings, 
interactive drawings and commissioning certificates are stored remotely on the web server.

All BEA metrics are graphically displayed, with customised automated CSV files generated for specified stakeholders.

18

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   18

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:58

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020BEA Topology

Occupancy  
Profiling

Interactive 
Drawings

Graphs 
(d/w/m/y)

CSV File 
Output

Website

1
Luminaires

2
Utilities 
Metering

3
Photovoltaic 
Panels

4
Electric 
Vehicle 
Charging

Sub-Metering

5
Exterior Air 
Quality and 
Noise Sensors

6
Interior Air 
Quality 
Sensors

7
Dock-level 
Doors

8
Tenant  
APIs

Energy Management

Reduce Operational Energy Use 
The SmartScan portal displays full 
historical consumption reporting of 
all the main incoming supplies (gas, 
water, electricity), with dedicated APIs 
(application programming interfaces) 
for photovoltaic generation 
and electric vehicle charging 
consumption.

Reduce Operational Energy Use
Installing specialist sensors, 
dataloggers and volt-free contacts 
onto other assets or services that 
contain pre-written APIs enables 
SmartScan to include this data – for 
example, from photovoltaic panels 
on the roof and on electric vehicle 
charging bays – for analytics. 

This data can be aligned with the 
BEA metrics for occupancy and 
occurrence to fully understand 
electrical consumption within 
operational procedures.

Carbon Offsetting
SmartScan provides automated 
monthly reports with evidential data 
for all supplied services as well as the 
amount of carbon saved by the use 
of smart lighting controls, i.e. daylight 
dimming and presence detection.

All embodied carbon can be offset 
using the FW Thorpe accredited tree-
planting programme.

19

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   19

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:59

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportStrategy in Action

SmartScan – New Features continued

Interactive Display of Information

Navigation
Each dataset is shown as a 
layer allowing the user to 
zoom in or out as needed. 
The user can look at data 
for the whole building, 
or focus attention on a 
single room or individual 
luminaire.

Occupancy Profile
The occupancy profile for 
each sensor is displayed 
by a range of colours 
from grey (no occupancy) 
through to red (occupied 
continuously throughout 
the selected hour).

Information Table
If a single luminaire is 
selected,an information 
table is displayed with the 
data for that luminaire.

The user can select a date, 
then using the time slider 
can see how the usage 
pattern or performance 
changes through the day.

Status
If a luminaire requires attention 
the exact position is highlighted 
on the interactive drawing. The 
information table will show the status 
of electronic components within the 
luminaire.

Energy Performance
Daily energy savings for lighting are 
shown by a graduated indicator – the 
darker the green, the greater the 
energy saving that day. If a single 
luminaire is selected, the information 
table shows the energy performance 
for that luminaire.

Air Quality Sensing
Temperature, humidity and CO₂ 
levels are displayed with colour-
coded shading. The information table 
displays the exact values for each 
sensor at any given time.

20

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   20

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:12

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Employee Well-being
The modern workplace is fast becoming the extension of 
our homes, and employers are keen to retain and develop 
a more sustainable, cleaner and welcoming environment 
that stimulates both the body and mind. The Well 
Building Standard™ is at the forefront of standardising the 
modern workplace. SmartScan provides full internal and 
external air quality measurement to the IWBI Well Building 
Standard, including exterior noise level sensing.

SmartScan Air Quality Sensor
The SmartScan Air Quality Sensor monitors three key 
parameters: temperature, CO₂ and relative humidity. 

Coloured LED indicators within the sensor provide 
live status information for each parameter, enabling 
users to take remedial action if necessary. Summary air 
quality data is included in the daily status upload to the 
SmartScan web server. 

The Air Quality Sensor has three settings that can be 
selected, based on the usage of the space, as part of the 
commissioning process: inactive, semi-active or active. 

Temperature

Temperature greatly influences an individual’s comfort level, affecting mood, 
performance and workplace productivity. Comfortable temperature ranges will depend 
upon the usage of the space.

Humidity

Humidity needs to be within a range of values for the environment to be comfortable and 
to promote good health. If the humidity levels are too low, individuals may experience 
dryness and irritation to the skin, eyes, throat and nasal passages. Conversely, high 
humidity levels promote the growth and accumulation of mould spores, bacteria and dust 
mites, potentially leading to allergies and respiratory inflammation. Humidity is also linked 
to temperature, so that at lower temperatures, higher humidity levels can be tolerated.

Carbon dioxide

CO₂ levels over 1,000ppm create a stuffy atmosphere, causing individuals to 
feel lethargic and sleepy, lowering concentration levels and reducing workplace 
performance. The cause of CO₂ build-up is often inadequate ventilation and/or air 
circulation within a space. Increasing the ventilation will bring in fresh air and dispel 
accumulations of CO₂.

“

At Thorlux we are dedicated to continually 
developing and evolving the SmartScan 
platform, with the ultimate goal of providing 
all our users with unique data that will 
demonstrate building performance and 
provide foresight to lower operational costs 
and maximise efficiencies.”

Philip Hill 
Senior Product Manager – Lighting Control Systems

21

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   21

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:29

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic Report 
 
 
Key Performance Indicators

The following key performance indicators are considered to be the most appropriate for  
measuring how successful the Group has been in meeting its strategic objectives.

KPIs

Revenue (£m)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Operating profit (£m)

+2.4%

113.3

110.6

109.6

105.4

88.9

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

−7.5%

16.3

17.6*

19.5

18.4

16.2

Performance in 2020 
•  Maintained 2019 performance despite impact from 

COVID-19

Performance in 2020 
• 
•  Famostar, TRT improvements offset by Lightronics 

Impacted by Services sold in Thorlux

•  COVID-19 impact deferred revenue into 2020/21 – 

and other UK companies

low number of orders cancelled

•  Commitment to full employee cost during a period 

•  Revenue growth at Thorlux, TRT and Famostar – 

of lower sales due to COVID-19

dampened by Lightronics and other UK companies

•  Reduced level of capitalised R&D 0.5m
*  2019 excludes the profit on disposal of property of £1.9m

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Operating cash (£m)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

−17.7%

11.45

13.91

13.91

12.54

11.24

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

−10.1%

19.4

21.6

20.7

18.5

15.6

Performance in 2020 
• 
•  Corporation tax – stage payment timing advanced

Impacted by reduced operating result

Performance in 2020 
•  Driven by operating results
• 

Increased number of shares due to exercise  
of executive share options

CO2 offset (tonnes)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

+9.9%

2,810

2,558

2,687

3,287

2,984

Performance in 2020 
•  Reduced from 2017 peak, taking into account 

• 

organic and acquisition growth during this period
Investment required in the future to create further 
carbon offset capacity

22

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   22

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:30

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020The Silverstone Experience

23

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   23

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:41

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportStrategy in Action

Opening of the Light Quality Experience

“

The new demonstration experience provides 
an excellent insight into our relationship with 
light and why getting it right is so important.”

£0.1m

Investment in Light Quality 
Experience Centre

On 5 March 2020, the new Light 
Quality Experience Centre 
opened at the Redditch head 
office. The new attraction forms 
part of the Application Centre 
and demonstrates the science 
behind light and the influence 
of light on our mental and 
physical well-being. 

Mark Austin, Sales Director, 
comments: “The new demonstration 
experience provides an excellent 
insight into our relationship with 
light and why getting it right is so 
important. It is a great educational 
tool and perfectly demonstrates 
that Thorlux understands light and 
therefore has the knowledge to best 
guide our customers. It is unfortunate 
that just as we opened this facility, 
we had to close it due to COVID-19, 
but we look forward to inviting 
customers as soon as we are able to.” 

The 25-minute fully automated 
interactive experience combines 
audio and video content with live 
visual demonstrations. The viewer is 
taken on a journey of light: what it is 
and how we as humans respond to 
it. The experience covers important 
subjects such as the need for good 
quality white light so we can see 
colours correctly, the need for low 
glare from luminaires to ensure 
comfort, and for good lighting 
design to create environments that 
are stimulating and creative as well 
as functional. Live lighting scenes 
switch on and off in time with the 
audio voiceover and video content. 
The demonstrations include scenes 
such as the “disappearing roses”, 
where roses in a vase slowly change 
from bright red to grey and dull, all 
through manipulation of the light 
spectrum.

24

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   24

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:51

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202027581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   25

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:34:28

25

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportStrategy in Action

Multi-million pound investment in new machinery

the machines running overnight, 
unattended, by loading large jobs 
late in the day. However, the lack of 
capacity meant the old machines 
would complete the workload at say 
2 in the morning and sit there idle for 
six hours waiting for the day shift to 
start, not producing work.”

What are the advantages of 
the new machines over the old 
machines? 
“The new machines have many 
advantages, including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

“The new machines have multiple-
material pallet-loading systems as 
opposed to single pallet-loading/
pallet unloading systems, which 
gives increased material-handling 
capacity.
“The punches have servo-electric 
punch systems as opposed to 
the hydraulic systems of the old 
machines.
“The new machines are 
significantly faster than the old 
ones.
“Two of the new machines are 
combination machines, so they 
have a laser as well as a punch.
“The new machines are much 
more reliable and are easier to 
maintain, with good support from 
Amada.”

What has the reaction of the 
machine operators been?
“The reaction has been good. The 
operators have found the new 
machines to be a major improvement 
on the old systems, with updated 
software packages making them 
easier to program.”

Have the machine operators 
needed additional training? 
“As the machines have new 
technology, additional training has 
had to be given to the operators. Also, 
new Amada software is being used 
and trialled on the latest fibre laser 
machine, so our operators have had to 
be trained to use that.”

What impact will the new 
machines have? 
“The multiple-material pallet-loading 
systems mean we can produce 
smaller batch sizes, working closer to 
the order book, hence fulfilling more 
orders in a shorter period of time. The 
faster speed also means that more 
parts can be produced in the same 
period of time.

“Instead of machines finishing in 
the middle of the night, now, with 
the multiple-material pallet-loading 
systems, they have the capacity 
to run until the day shift comes in. 
With careful planning, it is possible 
to load enough work on a Friday 
morning to keep a machine running 
until Monday morning. This gives us 
maximum return on the investment, 
speeds up production and reduces 
delivery times.

“The two combination machines 
enable us to design better products 
with features that improve the 
function of the luminaires without 
adding additional components. It also 
reduces the number of operations 
that need to be performed. For 
example, we used to produce a DOT 
luminaire body by first punching 
the blank as a square on the old 
machines, followed by a manual 
operation of cutting the blank into 
a circle ready for spinning. Now we 
punch and laser the circular blank in 
one operation on the same machine, 
so it can be spun straight away.

“Thorlux can produce more work 
in-house that would normally have 
been outsourced and produced by 
subcontractors, hence reducing the 
cost to Thorlux and reducing the lead 
times.

“Finally, another major advantage is 
that the new machines cost less to 
run, because they are far more energy 
efficient.”

In 2019/20, Thorlux made a 
multi-million pound investment 
in four new metal-forming 
machines which have increased 
capacity and modernised the 
manufacturing process.

Dave Dainter, Production Manager at 
Thorlux, explains why this investment 
was needed and what the benefits 
are to the business.

What was wrong with the old 
machines? 
“The Amada machines that we 
replaced were over 25 years old, 
based on out-dated, inefficient 
technology. They kept breaking 
down, and we faced issues with 
getting parts for them. The old 
machines were sometimes down for 
weeks at a time when we needed to 
source a new part or, if a new part 
was not available, have the faulty part 
refurbished or repaired. 

“It reached the point where Amada 
struggled to find engineers capable of 
repairing the old machines. Many of 
their younger engineers had not even 
seen our machines before, so knew 
very little about them. On one occasion 
we had to wait for several days to get a 
particular job done, because the only 
Amada engineer who knew what to do 
was not available.

“A major drawback was the lack 
of capacity on the old machines, 
which were based on single pallet-
loading systems. Our policy is to keep 

26

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   26

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:34:33

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202027581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   27

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:05

27

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportOperational Performance

FW Thorpe: 2020 Group Company Overview

FW Thorpe Plc encompasses 
individual companies that 
concentrate on particular 
market sectors and 
geographical locations. The 
companies provide the Group 
with diversity as well as risk 
mitigation, as they do not 
compete with one another and 
are complementary.

The companies within the Group 
can be affected differently by trends 
and economic impacts within their 
respective markets. The continuing 

Summary of the  
COVID-19 situation

•  Last quarter results severely 

impacted in the UK; 
Netherlands’ company results 
relatively unaffected

•  UK companies’ revenue 

dropped 40% in April; some 
recovery in May, with June 
close to “normal” levels

•  Portland the most affected 
Group company; limited 
revenue in last quarter with 
some improvement in July

•  The Group supported 

essential customers and 
projects, including the NHS, by 
continuing to manufacture and 
deliver products during the 
peak of the pandemic in the UK

•  No government support 

accessed: support actively 
declined, and repaid in 
territories where it was 
automatically received

development and market adoption of 
LED and lighting controls technology 
allows Group companies to share 
the benefits of their product and 
technical expertise, differentiating 
themselves from competitors.

Group performance was hampered 
for the final 15 weeks of 2019/20 due 
to the COVID-19 pandemic; whilst the 
Group managed to maintain revenue, 
operating profit came in below that 
of last year. 

During the COVID-19 pandemic, it is 
important for the Group to protect 
and support its employees as well as 
consider the long-term impact of its 
actions on the Group’s customers, 
reputation and independence. 

Revenue was supported by some 
major projects and services, but 
these attracted lower margins than 
typically achievable, and services 
made little contribution, therefore 
dampening returns at an operating 
profit level. Continued new product 
introductions, investment in 
manufacturing facilities, and sales 

into new markets have, however, 
helped the Group deliver respectable 
results against the backdrop of 
uncertainty in the final quarter of 
2019/20. Thankfully, the investment 
in additional stock for the Brexit 
transition served the Group well 
in the early days of the COVID-19 
outbreak.

The Group’s Dutch companies 
weathered the storm of the last 
quarter relatively unscathed. A 
slightly subdued performance from 
Lightronics, compared with the 
company’s successive years of growth 
under Group ownership, was offset 
by a fantastic performance from 
Famostar. 

The Group continues to be 
underpinned by the development of 
market-leading lighting equipment 
and the delivery of excellent 
customer service.

The following is an overview of the 
year for each company.

Group Total Revenue (£m) 
Excluding Intercompany

Revenue by region (£m) 
Excluding Intercompany

16.4

2.7

12.2

2020

31.3

28.7

2020

65.6

69.7

•  All employees were paid in 

full; £0.6m negative impact on 
results due to furlough monies 
not claimed

 Thorlux 
 Netherlands companies 
 Other companies

 UK 
 Netherlands 
 Rest of Europe 
 Rest of the World

28

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   28

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:05

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020£68.8m

Revenue

+4% (2019: −4%)

“

The success of 
SmartScan continues,
with revenues 
reaching £25.9m
(2019: £22.0m).”

Thorlux Lighting

If it had not been for the 
COVID-19 pandemic, a comment 
you will see frequently through 
this year’s annual report, 
Thorlux would have achieved 
record revenues and improved 
operating profit in 2019/20. New 
orders appear to be holding 
up at present, with July close 
to 2019 levels and the total for 
2019/20 ahead of last year’s. 

The revenue line is supported by 
growth in services, of which £1.5m 
has earned lower margins and had 
a dilutive impact. These services, 
including surveying, project 
management and installation, 
are provided as they enhance our 
ability to secure luminaire orders 
of significant value with more 
attractive margins. Operating profit 
growth has been more difficult to 
achieve in recent years; product 
and sector mix has contributed to 
this, as have operational efficiency 
challenges. Some good improvement 
in operating profit was achieved at 
the start of the second half, but this 
was severely hampered by COVID-19 
issues in the last quarter.

Of Group companies, Thorlux covers 
the largest variety of sectors with 

the most comprehensive portfolio 
of products. Thorlux’s approach of 
targeting selling activity in specific 
market sectors has paid off in the 
last few years. 2019/20 has been 
dominated by success in healthcare, 
backed up by significant orders in rail. 
At this time, it is difficult to ascertain 
the impact of the pandemic on the 
sectors that Thorlux sells to; however, 
given the breadth of its coverage 
and more targeted activity, Thorlux 
should be in a reasonable position 
to navigate the next few years of 
uncertainty.

The success of SmartScan continues, 
with revenues reaching £25.9m (2019: 
£22.0m). This solution has been 
developed further this year, outside 
pure lighting controls technology, by 
integrating new sensor technology 
such as dock usage and vehicle 
activity monitoring. Some third party 
technologies have also been included 
to enable mains electricity usage 
monitoring and solar photovoltaic 
generation data, all reporting back 
to the end user via the SmartScan 
website. Development work was 
undertaken in-house, an investment 
that is justified in order to follow 
the Internet of Things revolution. 
Several orders utilising these 

Trinity Court

29

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   29

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:08

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportOperational Performance continued

Thorlux Lighting continued

Rugby School

developments have been secured in 
the warehousing sector for delivery 
in 2020 – a testimony to Thorlux’s 
evolving industry-recognised 
expertise in this area.

adapted for customer requirements 
were designed, manufactured and 
shipped over a few days during the 
early critical stage of the pandemic, 
when many factories were closed.

Read more on page 18

Innovation is a strategic pillar for the 
Group. As well as the enhancements 
to the SmartScan platform, several 
new products have been launched 
or are in the latter phases of 
development. Products include 
enhancements to existing successful 
ranges, specific developments for 
target sectors and developments 
to support insourcing of key 
technological components.

Recent investments in manufacturing 
came to the fore during the year. 
The flexibility acquired with the new 
laser/punch machines supported 
some large-scale projects. For 
example, Thorlux was able to support 
one of the NHS Nightingale projects, 
where a significant number of fittings 

The performance of Thorlux overseas 
offices improved this year. All offices 
delivered greater levels of revenue, in 
particular the teams in Germany and 
Ireland. A new distribution partner 
in Germany delivered a number of 
sizeable energy-saving projects – an 
example for some Thorlux offices in 
other territories to aspire to.

A new managing director, Peter 
Maxwell, has recently been 
appointed by the Group to lead 
Thorlux over the next few years, 
freeing some time for Mike Allcock 
to focus on product development, 
new technology and selling activities 
throughout the Group, as well as the 
drive into new territories. Peter will 
use his expertise and experience to 
focus on continuous improvement 
techniques to provide further 

revenue growth and operating profit 
gains whilst harnessing the full force 
of Thorlux’s tremendous deep-rooted 
lighting knowledge.

The 2019/20 final result for Thorlux 
does not necessarily reflect the effort 
within the company, in particular over 
the last few months. As the company 
transitions into yet another difficult 
economic climate, where orders 
are expected to be hard-fought, 
the Group should take solace from 
Thorlux’s ability to surpass previous 
year’s order levels. The company 
starts the year with an increased 
order book and the capability 
to secure large-scale projects; 
both should at least underpin the 
months ahead. Continued targeted 
selling activities will be essential, 
ensuring the business identifies 
the many opportunities in sectors 
and territories where spending and 
investment will continue despite the 
economic downturn.

30

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   30

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:12

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Philip Payne

“

For 2020/21, the target is to bounce back to 2018/19 
levels of revenue. The investment in sales and 
marketing will need to come to the fore.”

£2.7m

Revenue

−20% (2019: +2%)

Before COVID-19, Philip Payne 
was on target to deliver yet 
another set of positive results 
in keeping with last year. The 
impact in the final quarter 
included low levels of activity 
in both March and April, with 
improved performance in 
June. Maintaining operations 
during this time was crucial 
and enabled the company to 
support a number of the NHS 
Nightingale projects. As Philip 
Payne moves into 2020/21, there 
have been early signs of a return 
to pre-COVID levels of business.

Discerning customers who desire a 
well-engineered and architecturally 
appealing product remain at the 
core of this company. Prestigious 
projects continue to augment sales, 
with refurbishments at the Palace 
of Westminster and Royal College 
of Music, alongside success in the 

rail and sports sector, with products 
supplied for Bond Street and 
King’s Cross stations and the new 
Meadowbank Sports Centre.

Overseas revenue remained at similar 
levels to last year. The sales office in 
the UAE offers the best opportunity 
to improve export revenue. 

There was no significant investment 
in manufacturing facilities during the 
year. Investment during 2020/21 will 
very much focus around sales and 
marketing activities for both existing 
products and the additional portfolio 
from Famostar. 

For 2020/21, the target is to bounce 
back to 2018/19 levels of revenue. The 
investment in sales and marketing 
will need to come to the fore, as 
well as planned activities with the 
introduction of Famostar products 
into the UK market.

SpectoWeb, the wireless emergency 
lighting system that was developed 
in conjunction with the Thorlux 
SmartScan platform, offers customers 
the ability to easily comply with 
building safety regulations. Following 
investment in development over 
the last few years, success has been 
recorded in the healthcare, university 
and charity sectors, with total 
revenue for these sectors ending the 
year at £0.3m.

Further collaboration with Group 
companies has continued this year, 
including working with Famostar: 
some of its products are being used 
to enhance the Philip Payne product 
portfolio manufactured in the UK. 
This initiative is in the early stages, 
and Philip Payne expects to see some 
positive impact in 2021.

University of Edinburgh

University of Edinburgh

31

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   31

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:23

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportOperational Performance continued

Solite

St Mary’s Hospital, London – specialist green lighting

The Solite business is driven 
by projects providing clean-
room lighting solutions to the 
pharmaceutical and healthcare 
sectors. Clearly the downturn 
in the last quarter suppressed 
revenue, significantly 
impacting operating profit for 
the year. On the positive side, 
the reduced ability to dispatch 
products during the last 
quarter provides an increased 
order backlog to start the new 
financial year.

Whilst Solite has a standard range 
of products, its ability to adapt 
them to satisfy particular customer 
requirements underpins the 
company’s competitive position. To 
support the flexibility required in 
the manufacturing process, some 
reorganisation of the facility has been 
completed; this allows increased 
storage for larger-scale projects and 
enables some additional component 
storage for supply chain protection 
during uncertain times.

The collaboration between the 
Group’s sales operation in Ireland 
and Solite forms a significant part of 

the business. In all, 33% of revenue 
was derived from Ireland this year. 
The Ireland office gives both Thorlux 
and Solite the opportunity to cross-
sell into the market to satisfy the 
requirements of a complete project, 
as well as the opportunity to follow 
some multinational customers into 
other territories.

The targeting of the custodial sector 
has seen limited success this year, but 
will continue. Solite will also focus 
on improving its product portfolio 
to stay ahead of the competition. 
During the year, Solite has developed 
a product in conjunction with Thorlux 
to target a specific requirement for 
the retail sector, which has already 
yielded some initial success.

Solite starts the new financial year 
with a solid order book; however, 
recent investments in sales and 
marketing need to start to deliver. 
It is too early to determine how the 
market will shape up in the next 12 
months, but Solite will continue to 
focus on ensuring it has the product 
portfolio and customer penetration 
required to recover to levels seen in 
the past few years.

32

£2.7m

Revenue

−21% (2019: −5%)

“

Clearly the downturn
in the last quarter 
suppressed revenue, 
significantly
impacting operating 
profit for the year.”

St Mary’s Hospital, London – 
specialist green lighting

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   32

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:31

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Portland Lighting

“

Portland has utilised 
its manufacturing
expertise to support 
other areas of the 
Group that are 
enjoying stronger 
order books.”

£2.4m

Revenue

−17% (2019: −10%)

Of all Group companies, 
Portland was hardest hit by 
the fallout from the pandemic. 
The combination of Portland 
supplying customers that 
have fast-turnaround, easily 
delayed projects, as well 
as supplying the retail and 
hospitality sectors, resulted in 
weeks of minimal revenue. To 
mitigate the damage, Portland 
has utilised its manufacturing 
expertise to support other areas 
of the Group that are enjoying 
stronger order books, avoiding 
the need for those companies 
to employ temporary labour to 
meet demand. At the time of 
writing, in September 2020, the 
last two months have seen an 
improvement and a return to 
profitability.

Toby Carvery, West Midlands

The Longhorn, Walsall

The Group recognises that Portland 
has been in steady decline for a 
number of years and must work 
harder at creating a wider product 
portfolio for sales into new sectors. 
The company has made renewed 
effort in this regard, with support from 
Thorlux; a number of new products 
are in development and expected to 
contribute to revenue in 2021.

Product innovation is increasingly 
critical, and some projects this year 
are moving forward at pace. Portland 
has employed a specific full-time 
product designer to support these 
innovation targets.

Portland will continue to focus 
on increasing sales of its core 
products outside the UK. As well 
working with its Benelux and French 
agents, Portland is working with an 
established Thorlux agent in Sweden.

Over the next year, some recovery is 
expected in Portland’s core market, 
however, this is somewhat dependent 
on the retail and hospitality sector, 
meanwhile, the company will 
continue to support the Group, with 
additional manufacturing capacity, as 
required.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   33

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:42

33

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportOperational Performance continued

TRT Lighting

Despite COVID-19, TRT has 
managed to improve both 
revenue and operating profit 
this year. During the first 
couple of months of lockdown, 
customers were unable to 
take delivery of outstanding 
orders, and revenue was heavily 
impacted. TRT responded well 
in June, as customer demand 
returned and shipments 
recovered to normal levels.

As well as its local authority street 
lighting business, TRT supported 
Thorlux on several large-scale 
projects in the rail and retail sectors. 
Some tunnel projects were also 
undertaken; these included the 
TRT retrofit LED solution tailored to 
existing TRT or competitor luminaire 
enclosures, and the introduction 
of the new X-range product. 
The pipeline of tunnel project 
opportunities remains healthy; TRT 
waits to see whether these are given 
the go-ahead in the current economic 
climate.

Actions taken in previous years to 
support operational efficiency have 
supplemented the results for 2019/20, 
with a focus on improving material 

and labour costs. During 2019/20, 
investment in a new painting facility 
started to reap some benefit, making 
TRT self-sufficient and reducing the 
pressure on the Thorlux facility.

As is the case for all Group 
companies, product development 
and enhancement are crucial to 
ongoing success. TRT has found some 
success with the Optio street lighting 
product, which has key features 
to support specification sales. 
Via, the lighting bollard solution, 
has seen good initial sales, and a 
similar version using some shared 
components has been added to the 
Thorlux product portfolio.

Government spending could increase 
across the street and tunnel lighting 
sectors, assuming the government 
decides to spend its way out of 
recession. 

TRT starts the new financial year with 
a solid order book and a number 
of Group project opportunities 
supporting Thorlux in the rail and 
retail sectors as last year. Revenue 
and operating profit growth will 
be targets, as well as continuous 
improvement in operational 
efficiency.

£9.8m

Revenue

+14% (2019: −1%)

“

During 2019/20,
investment in a new 
painting facility
started to reap some 
benefit, making
TRT self-sufficient  
and reducing the 
pressure on the 
Thorlux facility.”

Dual Carriageway Traffic Routes, North Wales

34

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   34

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:44

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Lightronics

Havep Texperience Centre, Netherlands

Lightronics had another 
solid set of results, although 
revenue was lower than last 
year; however, this was its first 
slight step backwards since 
joining the Group in 2015. 
The company was largely 
unaffected by COVID-19, since 
operational measures were put 
in place in the early phases to 
enable Lightronics to continue 
to service its customers during 
the last quarter. In fact, June 
operating results were some of 
the strongest on record.

In contrast to previous years, there 
were no major projects during the 
year. Much of the business was again 
driven by the street lighting sector in 
the Netherlands. Sales into Germany 
were marginally lower than last year, 
with those to France at similar levels 
to last year. 

Lightronics markets Thorlux industrial 
products, sales of which marginally 
increased from last year to £0.4m but 

were still not at the levels expected. 
Investment in this area continues, 
with a closer association to Thorlux 
in the UK. The Group still believes 
that the Netherlands is receptive 
to energy-saving high technology 
solutions. Lightronics needs to find the 
best route to market – a Group belief 
that has been reinforced by recent 
positive results generated by Thorlux 
in Germany from an additional sales 
channel this year.

Lightronics continues to develop 
new products for its domestic market 
as well as working with the Group 
on shared developments, mainly 
with Thorlux and TRT. Progress 
has been made on introducing 
SmartScan technology into the range, 
and Lightronics expects to have 
introduced new Thorlux patented 
applied for sensor technology by the 
end of 2020. 

The European Application Centre 
was completed during this year. The 
team at Lightronics has created a 
wonderful space in which the Group 

£22.7m

Revenue

−3% (2019: +12%) 
(constant currency −3%  
(2019: +12%))

“

Progress has been 
made on introducing
SmartScan 
technology into the 
range, and Lightronics 
expects to have 
introduced new 
Thorlux patented
applied for sensor 
technology by the
end of 2020.”

can showcase products and systems 
to support European selling activities 
(see page 24). Whilst Lightronics 
was able to open the facility on 
time and in budget, the Group was, 
unfortunately, unable to utilise its full 
potential due to COVID restrictions. 

As mentioned every year, building 
on these results will be a challenge. 
Although it produced an excellent 
set of results, Lightronics fell short 
of improving its figures this year and 
now has a tougher economic climate 
to contend with. Economic and 
sector forecasts in the Netherlands 
are pessimistic; this will put some 
pressure on results in the next 12 
months. Opportunities remain, 
working with other Group companies 
– Famostar and Thorlux in particular 
– to generate increased demand from 
new customers. 

35

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   35

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:49

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic Report£8.8m

Revenue

+12% (2019: +13%) 
(constant currency +12%  
(2019: +13%))

“

An increase in 
domestic orders 
has been driven by 
targeted customer 
activity to increase 
market share”

Operational Performance continued

Famostar

Robbers & van den Hoogen winery, Arnhem – Netherlands

Part of the Group’s original strategy 
when acquiring Famostar was to 
integrate SmartScan technology into 
Famostar’s excellent product portfolio, 
which lacked wireless controls and 
reporting technology. This has been 
completed, and new products have 
been taken to market with some initial 
success; a few projects are secured for 
delivery in late 2020.

The Group committed to acquiring 
the current Famostar building and 
the neighbouring land; this was 
completed in July 2019. Draft plans 
have been developed to expand 
the current facility to save costs 
on external storage and product 
handling, as well as to future-proof 
operations. Work on this project is not 
expected to commence until late 2021.

Famostar has yet again exceeded 
expectations this year; however, as 
mentioned in the Lightronics report, 
the economic and sector forecasts in 
the Netherlands are pessimistic. The 
company does, however, have some 
targets to aim for: increased business 
from SmartScan sales and the 
introduction of the Famostar product 
into the UK market; both should 
present opportunities in 2020/21.

Famostar has been the standout 
performer for the Group this 
year, following on from a 
strong performance last year. 
As at Lightronics, performance 
seemed unhampered by 
COVID-19 in the final quarter, 
actions having been taken in the 
initial stages of the outbreak to 
protect operations and ensure 
continued supply to customers.

Compared with other Group 
companies, Famostar, a specialist 
emergency lighting company, has a 
different route to market; however, 
the process for creating demand for 
product is much the same. Demand is 
ultimately fulfilled by the wholesaler 
network domestically, but specific 
customers are targeted to generate 
that demand.

Business, at present, is mainly derived 
from the Netherlands. Expansion into 
other territories will be led by Philip 
Payne in the UK, with Famostar taking 
advantage of Philip Payne’s local 
emergency lighting know-how. An 
increase in domestic orders has been 
driven by targeted customer activity 
to increase market share; the company 
will look to further supplement this, 
working alongside Lightronics to root 
out other opportunities.

36

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   36

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:53

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Kampen Skole, Norway

37

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   37

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:56

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportStrategy in Action

Lightronics opens European Application Centre

A prison cell, a classroom, 
a hospital ward, a railway 
platform and a car park – 
you can find it all at the new 
experience centre at Lightronics 
in Waalwijk. 

Having completed the first phase 
of the refurbishment of its facilities 
early in 2019, Lightronics opened the 
second phase, the Group’s European 
Application Centre, in November. The 
Centre features 800 square metres of 
interactive, full-scale demonstrations 
showcasing the latest advancements 
in lighting control systems, LED 
technology and luminaire design.

In many areas, light plays a role in 
well-being and safety and, according 
to scientific research, can have an 
impact on learning performance. The 
interactive classroom demonstrates 
how Lightronics luminaires provide 
the ideal lighting solution for modern 
learning environments. “When 
daylight decreases, you use your 
brain less intensively, and the Smart 
luminaires automatically anticipate 
this”, says project manager Dirk 
Brands. “The luminaires incorporate 
SmartScan controls and adjust 
independently according to the 
ambient light in the immediate 
surroundings. This provides good 
uniformity and maximises energy 
savings where the natural daylight 
ingress is varied across the area.”

In the simulated hospital room, 
the patient’s well-being is of prime 
importance. From the bed, the 
patient does not look at sterile 
white fluorescent tubes, but rather 
at the blue sky and clouds of the 
FlexSystem. 

“A different, positive experience,” 
said Brands, “and one that benefits 
a person.”

In the reconstructed prison 
cell, another aspect of lighting 
receives attention. The luminaires 
are designed to be ligature and 

38

“

In many areas, light plays a role in well-
being and safety and, according to scientific 
research, can have an impact on learning 
performance.”

impact-resistant, limiting the risk 
of occupants self-harming. Added 
to this, high severity impact testing 
ensures that the luminaires will 
sustain no operational impairment 
during service. 

Car parks also require robust 
luminaires, so the simulated car park 
area is illuminated with products 
using UV-stabilised polycarbonate 
covers and cast aluminium bodies for 
rigidity and impact resistance.

The Centre was officially opened 
on 13 November by Alderman John 
van den Hoven, Deputy Mayor of 
the Municipality of Waalwijk, in 
the presence of the Mayor of Loon 
op Zand, Hanne van Aart, and 
representatives of the European 
Commission, the Netherlands 
Ministry of Economic Affairs and the 
province of Noord-Brabant.

The Centre is part of the IKARES 
project (Intelligent Low Carbon 
Energy Systems). Partners in IKARES, 
Lightronics and Global Innovator, 
aim to make lighting more intelligent 
and to interconnect it in a network 
with users and the environment. 
The objective of the project is to 
achieve a CO2 reduction of up to 
60% with smart lighting systems. 
IKARES includes the European 
Application Centre in Waalwijk, a 
smart city scale model in Tilburg, and 
22 pilot projects in the developed 
environment in the provinces 
of Noord-Brabant, Zeeland and 
Limburg, in the Netherlands. IKARES 
is co-financed by the European 
Union from the European Regional 
Development Fund.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   38

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:36:11

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202027581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   39

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:37:15

39

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportStrategy in Action

Portland Lighting Moves to New Premises

£1.1m

Investment 

1,394 sqm

Floor space

After nearly 17 years at the old 
Walsall Enterprise Park site, 
Portland Lighting moved a 
short distance to brand new 
premises at Reedswood Park 
during November 2019.

The lease on the old manufacturing 
site was coming to the end, so this 
presented an opportunity to seek 
new premises. The new development 
at Reedswood Park was an ideal fit, as 
it was just a short distance from the 
old site – allowing Portland to expand 
without leaving Walsall.

Reedswood Park has excellent 
transport links, being close to the 
M6 motorway. The new custom-
built factory was the first unit to be 
constructed on the new site. With 
the factory’s two stories of office 
accommodation, increased assembly 
and distribution space and parking 
for up to 45 vehicles, the investment 
future-proofs the company’s 
growth plans.

“

The new development at Reedswood Park 
was an ideal fit, as it was just a short distance 
from the old site – allowing Portland to expand
without leaving Walsall.”

In addition to the increased 
manufacturing areas, the new 
premises also feature an impressive 
showroom facility demonstrating 
Portland’s latest highly innovative 
sign-lighting products.

Within the factory area, a state-of-
the-art powder-coating facility has 
been installed, capable of coating 
up to 6-metre-long luminaires, 
improving speed and efficiency and 
allowing Portland to react more 
quickly to client requirements, 
particularly for custom colours.

40

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   40

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:37:20

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202027581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   41

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:37:39

41

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportFinancial Performance

The events of 2020 highlighted the Group’s 
financial strength and robust balance sheet. 
We actively decided to support our employees 
and not to access government schemes whilst 
maintaining an increased dividend.” 

£19.4m

Net cash generated from  
operating activities

(2019: £21.6m)

The directors have pleasure in 
submitting their annual report 
and the audited consolidated 
financial statements of the 
Group and the Company for the 
year ended 30 June 2020.

Results and dividends
Revenue increased by 2.4% to 
£113.3m with underlying operating 
profit (before profit on disposal 
2019) decreasing by 7.5% to £16.3m. 
Operating profit last year included the 
profit on the disposal of the Thorlux 
Portsmouth building of £1.9m.

Clearly the last quarter of 2020 was 
severely impacted by COVID-19, with 
our ability to deliver to customers 
of our UK businesses significantly 
hampered in April and May in 
particular. The operating result 
for Thorlux would have expected 
to improve given the increase in 
revenue; however, nearly a third of 
the increase related to services with 
little operating profit contribution. 
The result was also dampened by 
margins at lower levels for larger 
projects and reduced efficiency 
during the last quarter where we 

42

committed to pay our employees 
in full as we initially scaled back 
operations to ensure they were 
COVID secure, whilst opting not 
to claim potential funding of 
£0.6m under the government 
furlough scheme. The impact is far 
greater if we consider the reduced 
contributions from the revenue 
typically created by these employees.

The lower level results for the other 
UK companies, except for TRT, were 
partially offset by the operations in 
the Netherlands.

The operating results were further 
suppressed by the provision of an 
additional £2.0m (2019: £2.2m) for the 
expected payouts on the Lightronics 
and Famostar earn-outs due to the 
continuing success of both businesses.

Net finance cost of £0.4m this year 
against a marginal income in the 
previous year (2019: £0.0m). The net 
income has reduced from previous 
years due to the accounting treatment 
of the Lightronics and Famostar 
acquisitions and continued low 
interest rates on our cash deposits.

The taxation charge represents 
an effective rate of 16.49% (2019: 
17.52%). This is less than the rate in the 
previous year, with the rate lower than 
the headline corporation tax rate in 
the UK due to patent box relief driven 
by the Group’s product innovations.

(2019: £4,763,000) and, if approved, 
will be paid on 26 November 2020. 
Total dividends paid during the 
year amounted to £6,468,000 in 
aggregate (2019: £6,299,000). The 
final dividend for 2019 was paid on 
29 November 2019.

The events of 2020 highlighted the 
Group’s financial strength and robust 
balance sheet. We actively decided 
to support our employees and not to 
access government schemes whilst 
maintaining an increased dividend. 
These decisions were not taken 
lightly, with all of our shareholders’ 
and stakeholders’ long-term interests 
in mind, ensuring we maintain 
our independence as well as our 
reputation, whilst operating the 
Group with good conscience.

Cash and liquidity management
The Group’s cash is managed in 
accordance with the treasury policy. 
Cash is managed centrally on a daily 
basis to ensure that the Group has 
sufficient funds available to meet its 
needs and the remainder is invested. 
The majority of cash is placed with 
approved counterparties either on 
overnight deposit or time deposit. 
There are a series of time deposits that 
are maturing on a rolling cycle in order 
to meet regular business payments, 
with a margin for larger regular and 
one-off payments as well as seasonal 
variation in cash requirements.

On 21 April 2020, the Company paid 
an interim dividend of 1.46p per share 
(2019: 1.43p) amounting to £1,698,000 
(2019: £1,660,000). A final dividend of 
4.20p (2019: 4.10p) per ordinary share 
is proposed amounting to £4,886,000 

The Group primarily trades in sterling. 
There is an exposure to foreign 
currency as the Group buys and sells 
in foreign currencies and maintains 
currency bank accounts in US dollars, 
Australian dollars, UAE dirhams and 

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   42

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:37:40

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Group Total Revenue (£m)
Excluding Intercompany
+2.4%

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

113.3

110.6

109.6

105.4

88.9

Group PBT (£m)
Profit before tax
−18.5% 

(-9.7% excluding 2019 profit on 
disposal)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

15.9

16.3

19.6*

19.6

18.4

* 

 2019 includes profit on the disposal of 
property of £1.9m

£128.3m

Net Assets

(2019: £122.2m)

euros. The activities of buying and 
selling in foreign currency are broadly 
matched with currencies bought and 
sold as required in order to minimise 
currency exposures. Larger exposures 
would be hedged in order to reduce 
the risk of adverse exchange rate 
movement. There were no currency 
hedging derivatives in place at 
30 June 2020 or 30 June 2019.

Pension scheme position and 
funding
The latest triennial actuarial valuation 
was completed as at 30 June 2018. 
This valuation showed that the 
pension scheme position remains in 
surplus and a funding level for the 
future has been agreed between 
the trustees of the scheme and 
the directors of the Company. The 
directors consider it unlikely that any 
changes to the present funding levels 
will have any significant effect on the 
strength of the Company’s statement 
of financial position.

Group research and 
development activities
The Group is committed to research 
and development activities in order 
to maintain its market share in the 
sectors and territories we operate. 
These activities encompass constant 
development of both new and 
existing products to ensure that 
a leading position in the lighting 
market is maintained.

During the year the Group spent 
£1,322,000 (2019: £1,791,000) on 
capitalised development costs, which 
includes internal labour.

Property, plant and equipment
The directors are of the opinion that 
the market value of the freehold land 
and buildings is in excess of their net 
book value. While it is considered 
that the market value is significantly 
greater than the net book value for 
many of the Group’s properties as a 
result of being acquired between one 
and over 20 years ago, management 
considers that undertaking formal 
valuation exercises would be costly 
for limited value and consequently no 
formal exercise has been undertaken.

Investment this year included 
freehold property in Velp – 
Netherlands for Famostar, the 
completion of the European 

Application Centre at Lightronics, as 
well as the completion of improved 
sheet metal working capacity and 
the implementation of an automated 
spinning process at Thorlux Lighting.

Creditor payment policy
The Group’s policy concerning the 
payment of its trade creditors is to 
accept and follow the normal terms 
of payment among suppliers to 
the lighting industry. Payments are 
made when they fall due, which is 
usually on the day after the end of 
the calendar month following the 
month in which delivery of goods or 
services is made. Where reasonable 
settlement discount terms are offered 
for early payment, these terms are 
usually taken up. The number of days 
represented by the Company’s year 
end trade payables is 33 (2019: 44). 
The Group continues to report on 
payment practices and performance 
as per UK legislation.

Internal financial control
During the year, a member of the 
Group finance department has visited 
all operating sites to assess their 
compliance with a selection of key 
control procedures and any non-
compliance reported to the Group 
Board. Any areas of non-compliance 
noted as part of this process have 
been addressed.

In addition, the executive directors 
regularly visit all operating sites 
and review with local management 
financial and commercial issues 
affecting the Group’s operations. 
Regular financial reporting includes 
rolling forecasts and monthly 
financial reports comparing 
performance against plan as well 
as the previous year. These reports 
are reviewed locally with a Group 
representative and monitored by 
the Group Board. Accordingly, the 
directors do not consider that an 
internal audit department is required.

Craig Muncaster 
Joint Chief Executive, Group Financial 
Director and Company Secretary

30 September 2020

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   43

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:37:42

43

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties

COVID-19

As the COVID-19 pandemic 
swept across the globe, FW Thorpe, 
like the majority of manufacturing 
organisations, faced significant 
operational challenges. 

The directors are proud that the 
Group reacted quickly to the 
possible pandemic, as early as 
February, restricting visitor entry into 
its factories and offices, cancelling 
some foreign travel and keeping a 
log of employee movements. The 
health and well-being of employees 
has been paramount throughout, 
and the focus on keeping employees 
safe will continue. 

As the crisis worsened and lockdown 
commenced, the management 
teams of all Group companies took 
actions as appropriate for their 
different operations, depending 
upon each company’s ability to 
handle precautionary measures such 
as social distancing, and to try to 
match capacity to the demands of 
customers, especially for ongoing 
critical healthcare and infrastructure 
projects. 

The Netherlands 
In the Netherlands, lockdown of 
manufacturing businesses was, 
in general, less intense compared 
with that in the UK; Lightronics and 
Famostar continued trading at near-
normal revenue levels throughout. 
Their employee councils met and 
proved to be effective at planning 
to create flexibility during the early 
stages of the pandemic; through a 
series of measures such as split shifts 
and home working, production 
was maintained near capacity 
throughout. 

44

The UK 
In the UK, lockdown was far more 
widespread than in the Netherlands 
and most other countries in which 
Group companies trade. Worst 
affected was Portland Lighting, 
where orders almost stopped 
overnight. Other companies, such as 
Thorlux, continued to receive a good 
level of orders, although demand 
for delivery on non-critical projects 
slowed significantly. 

During the early days of the 
pandemic, very little government 
guidance was available for 
businesses; however, it was critical 
to prioritise employee health and 
safety when implementing the 
Group’s decision to keep factories 
working to meet customer demand.

Thorlux
At Thorlux, for risk-mitigation 
reasons, the senior management 
team split: several directors worked 
from home whilst others remained 
full time at Thorlux in Redditch. 

Initially, Thorlux operated a skeleton 
production staff, with several 
hundred employees sent home; 
many, being factory based, were 
unable to work. 

Thorlux has invested appropriately 
in recent years to keep its IT 
infrastructure up to date, and 
it came to the fore in the early 
days of lockdown. Thorlux office 
employees were all able to connect 
into the office network securely 
from home, via VPN (virtual private 
network), and calls to their desk 
phones were seamlessly transferred 
to their home/mobile phones via 
VOIP (Voice over Internet Protocol) 
technology. All stakeholders were 
able to make effective contact 
with employees without knowing 
whether employees were at home or 
in the office. 

The Thorlux management team 
has met twice daily via video 
conferencing throughout the 
pandemic, and the Group’s senior 
team has met regularly too. To 
keep employees informed, a 
dedicated web portal was created 
on Thorlux.com, which initially was 
updated daily. 

In early April, Thorlux completed the 
primary reorganisation of its factory 
with one-way “streets” throughout, 
2m separation markings (by painting 
the floor, as signs were not available 
at that time), appropriate signage and 
video information screens, sanitiser 
gels throughout, and PPE for certain 
operations. Risk assessments were 
created for all operations, broken 
down into subcategories pertinent 
to specific tasks. These actions were 
followed throughout the Group, with 
directors visiting all UK sites to tour 
the facilities and sign off the phased 
re-opening to increase factory 
numbers significantly beyond the 
skeleton staff levels. Risk assessments 
have been inspected by Thorlux’s 
insurers, and the company also paid 
for a third party audit of its “COVID 
secure” measures as verification of 
management’s actions. 

As demand has recovered, 
protective measures and controls 
have been further increased. 
Thorlux, like several other Group 
companies, has invested in 
automatic employee and visitor 
fever-scanning equipment which 
checks whether any people 
entering the building have a body 
temperature exceeding 37.5°C. 

To enable Thorlux to reach full 
capacity, an old TRT “mothballed” 
factory a few miles away from 
Thorlux in Redditch has been re-
opened, releasing a further 10,000 
square feet of space. A whole factory 
department (which produces small, 
easily transported sub-assemblies) 
has moved there for the time being. 

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   44

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:37:42

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020In mid-August, Thorlux still had 109 
office staff working from home; 
however, gradually, more return 
each week. Internal communication 
is vitally important, including regular 
sharing of information regarding 
the company’s evolving knowledge 
of the crisis and how it is using that 
knowledge to protect employees 
and the organisation. 

The Group 
Protecting employees’ mental 
health has emerged as a high 
priority. The Group has therefore 
introduced a well-being policy 
for all employees, which includes 
regular contact with management, 
an online wellness questionnaire to 
complete, and a telephone call from 
the personnel department every few 
weeks. Managers have also been 
given access to additional training 
resources. 

All Group companies now have full 
capacity available in their factories, 
although some are still experiencing 
reduced order intake due to the 
pandemic. The capacity from such 
factories has been shared; for 
example, Portland Lighting has been 
making gear tray assemblies for TRT 
Lighting, which has seen a good 

increase in orders in recent months. 
Cooperation between Group 
companies has been excellent. 

Through prudent management of 
the business over many successful 
years, FW Thorpe has a strong 
balance sheet, with sufficient 
reserves. At the start of the crisis, 
Group companies were showing 
good levels of orders. 

The UK government introduced the 
Job Retention Scheme intending 
to save the jobs of people who, 
during the COVID-19 lockdown, 
would otherwise have been made 
redundant because of a company’s 
inability to stay afloat, thus keeping 
people and critical skills within 
a business. The directors believe 
that the scheme is not intended to 
support businesses that otherwise 
have sufficient resources to pay 
their employees and intend to 
bring their employees back to 
work after a reasonable period 
when the crisis ends. The directors 
therefore decided not to apply 
for compensation for furloughed 
employees during lockdown, and 
all employees received their normal 
pay whilst they were not working. 
This decision leaves the Group free 

of debt to external support and 
gives the directors ongoing freedom 
to make choices for the good of the 
business and its shareholders. It also 
enables the government to target its 
funds to those areas where they are 
required the most. 

The Group prides itself on being a 
responsible corporate employer, 
and during this time the directors 
think it important that Group 
companies contribute to supporting 
the national effort. This can be done 
by the Group continuing to provide 
goods and services where they are 
needed, such as to the NHS – for 
example by the Group supplying 
luminaires to the Birmingham 
Nightingale Hospital in April. 

The directors would like once again 
to sincerely thank all employees 
for their wonderful support and 
flexibility throughout this crisis. 
Special thanks must go to those 
who have continued to work at 
facilities around the Group. We are 
not, however, out of the woods 
yet, and must remain focussed on 
maintaining all the measures that 
have been put in place to protect 
employees and the company. 

Temperature screening at Thorlux

Social distancing  
measures at Thorlux

45

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   45

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:37:57

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risk management process 
The Board is responsible for the identification and effective management of risks posed to the 
Group. Due to the impact certain risks could pose, the Board regularly reviews the likelihood of risks 
occurring and the potential impact they could have on the business. Detailed below is a list of the 
principal risks facing the business, and the corresponding actions the Board is currently taking in 
order to manage them.

The Board
Strategic risk assessment at Executive level

Principal Risks

Strategic

Operational

Financial

Group Companies
Risk assessment at an individual company level

Type  
of risk

Description  
of risk

Mitigation of risk

Possible 
impact on 
performance

Strategic 
priorities 
impacted 
upon

Change 
in period

Deferred or 
reduced capital 
investment 
plans in market 
sectors, which 
our products are 
supplied into and 
are key sources of 
revenue for the 
Group

Impact of 
COVID-19 on 
domestic and 
global economies

Reduction in 
public sector 
expenditure and 
changing policy 
increases risk to 
our order book

Uncertainty of 
free access to EU 
markets

•  Broad range of customers in 

High

differing sectors

•  High quality, technically 
advanced products to 
differentiate the Group from 
competitors 

•  Actively seek to identify new 
opportunities to ensure we 
maximise our potential of 
winning new business

Medium

•  Continue to seek to diversify 
our customer portfolio to 
ensure we have an appropriate 
spread, mitigating the risk of 
any industry or specific sector 
spending issues

•  Develop sales in new markets

1

2

4

2

4

Area of risk

A

Adverse  
economic 
conditions

Strategic

B

Changes in 
government 
legislation or 
policy

Strategic

46

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   46

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:37:58

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Type  
of risk

Description  
of risk

Mitigation of risk

Area of risk

C

Competitive 
environment

Strategic

Existing 
competitors, 
powerful new 
entrants and 
continued 
evolution of 
technologies 
in the lighting 
industry eroding 
our revenue and 
profitability

D

Price 
changes

E

Business 
continuity

Erosion of 
revenue and 
profitability

Operational

Operational

The majority 
of the Group’s 
revenues are 
from products 
manufactured 
in the Redditch 
facility

F

Credit 
risk

Financial

The Group offers 
credit terms 
which carry risk 
of slow payment 
and default

G

Movements 
in currency 
exchange

Financial

The Group is 
exposed to 
transaction 
and translation 
risks. With some 
natural hedging 
in EUR this risk 
is primarily with 
changes in the 
GBP:USD rates

Strategic 
priorities 
impacted 
upon

Change 
in period

1

2

3

4

1

2

2

3

2

2

Possible 
impact on 
performance

Medium

Medium

•  Offering innovative products 
and service solutions that are 
technologically advanced 
products to enable us to 
differentiate ourselves from 
our competitors

• 

• 

Investing in research and 
development activities to 
produce new and  
evolving product ranges

Investing in new production 
equipment to ensure we can 
keep costs low and maintain 
barriers to new market entrants

•  Management reviews prices, 
at least annually, to take into 
account fluctuations in costs, 
in order to minimise the risk of 
reduction in gross margin, or 
the loss of market share from a 
lack of competitiveness

•  High level of importance 

High

attached to environmental 
management systems, health 
and safety and preventative 
maintenance

Insurance cover is maintained 
to provide financial protection 
where appropriate

Increased production flexibility 
with the ability to build 
products in more than  
one manufacturing facility

• 

• 

•  Credit policy includes an 

Low

• 

• 

assessment of the bad debt risk 
and management of higher risk 
customers

The Group maintains a 
credit insurance policy for a 
significant proportion of its 
debtors

The Group has increased 
its sourcing of materials to 
maintain a natural hedge to 
offset its currency risk from 
EUR receivables, whilst at the 
same time buying EUR and 
USD when the exchange rate 
is favourable, compared to our 
operational rates, to minimise 
the risk

Low

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   47

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:37:59

47

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Area of risk

Type  
of risk

Description  
of risk

Mitigation of risk

Possible 
impact on 
performance

Strategic 
priorities 
impacted 
upon

Change 
in period

1

3

4

2

4

2

3

H

Cyber  
security

Operational

I

Exit from the 
European 
Union

Strategic

A breach of IT 
security could 
result in the 
inability to 
operate systems 
effectively and 
efficiently or 
the release of 
inappropriate 
information

Significant 
uncertainty 
remains over how 
the economic 
landscape might 
be affected in the 
next few years

•  Continual review and 

Medium

monitoring of potential risks

•  Computers encrypted where 
necessary to protect data

•  Cyber security awareness 

training currently being rolled 
out to employees

•  With the Group having a 

Medium

manufacturing presence in two 
EU countries, the Netherlands 
and Spain, this leaves us ideally 
placed to react to any negative 
trade barriers that may be 
imposed on the UK

•  Continue to develop closer 

working relationship with 
these entities, sharing 
product development, market 
knowledge and operational 
expertise to ensure we have 
the flexibility to adapt to any 
changes in the future

•  As more details emerge we will 
assess the impact; in the short 
term the Group will review the 
implications based on potential 
outcomes

J

Global 
pandemic – 
COVID-19

Operational

Potential 
disruption to 
operations from 
further outbreak 
of COVID-19

• 

Risk assessments, preventative 
measures including 
temperature screening, 
distancing and hygiene 
measures in place

High

•  Additional component stock 

held to mitigate any supply 
chain disruption

• 

Potential to utilise 
manufacturing facilities at 
other Group companies

Strategic Priorities key

Risks key

Focus on high quality products and good leadership in technology

Increase in risk

Continue to grow the customer base for Group companies

Focus on manufacturing excellence

Continue to develop high quality people

No change in risk

Decrease in risk

1

2

3

4

48

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   48

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:37:59

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Tieltjes Precision Parts BV, Netherlands

49

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   49

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:38:10

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic Reports172 statement

Stakeholder engagement
The Group has the responsibility for managing the challenges that affect the business on a daily basis; 
this also includes our impact on our key stakeholders. Our ability to engage and work constructively 
with these stakeholders underpins the long-term success and sustainability of the Group.

The directors are aware of their duty under Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 to act in the way they consider, in 
good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and 
in doing so have regard (amongst other matters) to:
•  The likely consequence of any decision in the long term
•  The interest of the Company’s employees
•  The need to foster the Company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others
•  The impact of the Company’s operations on the community and the environment
•  The desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct
•  The need to act fairly between members of the Company. 

The Board considers its key stakeholders to be its employees, customers, shareholders, suppliers and the communities 
and environment we operate within.

Key stakeholders and how we engage with them:

Stakeholder group

Why we engage

How we engage

Employees

The right people, capabilities and 
engagement across the Group is the 
platform to drive our long-term success 

Customers

Understanding the needs of our customer is 
fundamental. We aim to deliver the correct 
technical solution, professional service, 
sustainability of products/services and 
support the customer during a product’s 
warrantable life and beyond

•  Employee committees
•  Health & safety committees
•  Employee appraisals, training and 

development

•  Communication via web portal, notices 

and company newsletter

•  Group board meetings held periodically 

at different company sites

•  Meetings/maintaining close 

relationships via regional sales or 
business development teams
•  Providing Continuing Professional 

Development seminars and education 
opportunities
•  Company websites
•  Customer specific events, including 

trade shows

•  Order execution – from lighting design, 
through to delivery, installation and 
commissioning

50

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   50

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:38:10

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Stakeholder group

Why we engage

How we engage

Shareholders

Suppliers

Trust from our shareholders is key to 
delivering our strategy and long-term 
success. We endeavour to provide fair, 
balanced and meaningful information to 
shareholders and potential investors to 
ensure they understand our performance 
and strategy

We need to maintain reliable relationships 
with suppliers for mutual benefit and 
ensure they are meeting our standards, 
from value for money, quality, through to 
business ethics

•  Trading updates at appropriate times
•  Regulatory News Service
• 

Investor meetings and presentations, 
including company visits
•  Dedicated Group website
•  Annual and Interim reports
•  Annual General Meetings

•  Meetings and negotiations with key 

suppliers
•  Site visits
•  Quality management reviews and audits
•  Attending supplier forums and 

trade shows

Communities & 
Environment

The Group is committed to be a responsible 
member of the community and considers 
the environmental impacts of the 
customer’s use of our products as well as 
our own operations

•  Support local and national charities
•  Engagement with local MPs and 

Chambers of Commerce

•  Members of appropriate trade and 

industry bodies

•  Carbon offset scheme in place since 

2009, accredited under the Woodland 
Carbon Code

•  Recent investment in solar panels in the 

UK and Netherlands facilities

•  Products and systems support energy 
saving and carbon reduction – London 
Stock Exchange Green Economy mark 
in 2020

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   51

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:38:10

51

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportSustainability

Environment
Greenhouse gas emissions
The table below shows the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions for the year 
ended 30 June 2020.

Scope 1: Direct emissions from own operations
Scope 2: Indirect emissions from purchased energy  
(mainly electricity)
Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions
Intensity metric: tonnes of CO2 equivalent per £1m of sales

Tonnes 
of CO2 
equivalent
1,821

989

 2,810 
 24.79 

The methodology used to calculate our emissions uses current government 
published conversion factors.

The Group is committed to minimising the environmental impact of both 
its manufacturing processes and its products. However, even with the 
most responsible approach some carbon dioxide (CO2) will be released into 
the atmosphere as an indirect result of factory and selling activities and 
customers’ use of luminaires. 

In 2009 an ambitious carbon-offsetting scheme was launched to help 
compensate for these emissions. The scheme is now accredited under the 
Woodland Carbon Code and now has 149,849 trees planted. The Group 
requires around 8,000 plantings per annum to offset the CO2 produced by our 
operations.

Global Energy Use
The table below shows the Group’s energy use for the year ended 30 June 2020.

Electricity
Gas
Total 

UK 
GWh
2.884
5.041
 7.925 

Rest of 
World 
GWh
0.458
0.034
 0.492 

Total 
GWh
 3.342 
 5.075 
 8.417 

Employee Policies
Employees are kept informed of matters of concern to them as employees by 
publication and distribution of a company newsletter and other notices, or by 
specially convened meetings.

Committees representing the different groups of employees meet regularly to 
ensure the views of employees are taken into account in making decisions that 
are likely to affect their interests.

The involvement of employees in the Group’s performance is encouraged by 
various incentive schemes including a profit related bonus scheme.

Information on the financial and economic factors affecting the performance 
of the Group is made available twice yearly at the time of publication of the 
interim and annual statements to shareholders.

The Group is committed to 
developing a safe and healthy 
working environment for all 
employees consistent with the 
requirements of the Health and 
Safety at Work Act. Within the 
constraints of health and safety, 
disabled people are given full and 
fair consideration for job vacancies. 
Depending on their skills and 
abilities, disabled people enjoy the 
same career prospects as other 
employees, and if employees become 
disabled every effort is made to 
ensure their continued employment, 
with appropriate training where 
necessary.

Policies for recruiting employees 
are designed to ensure equal 
opportunities irrespective of colour, 
ethnic or national origin, nationality, 
sex or marital status.

Charitable Gifts
During the year the Group 
gave £24,349 (2019: £27,733) for 
charitable purposes. This is made 
up of donations to UK charities for 
children’s welfare of £390, cancer 
care of £414, healthcare of £1,527, 
educational schemes of £2,695, 
emergency aid of £1,300, Oxfam 
£2,110 and local causes of £15,913.

Modern Slavery
Our Modern Slavery Act disclosure 
is published on our corporate 
website (www.fwthorpe.co.uk) in the 
company documents section.

The Green Economy Mark (above) identifies London-
listed companies and funds that generate between 
50% and 100% of total annual revenues from 
products and services that contribute to the global 
green economy.

52

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   52

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:38:11

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020FW Thorpe, making a meaningful difference: our contributions in 2020

Economic – we generate value

Contribution to UK economy

We are investing in the future

We support the national wage bills

£18.0m

Tax paid, collected

£1.3m

Capitalised R&D expenditure

£32.7m 

(2019: £17.9m)

(2019: £1.8m)

(2019: £31.5m)

Community

£24,349

Charitable donations

31

Number of charities

(2019: £27,733)

(2019: 26)

Innovation

11

Patents

7

Granted

4 

Pending

688

People employed

(2019: 666)

16

Apprentice employment

(2019: 15)

Employee  
engagement

Environment

149,849

Total trees  
planted

321,236

kWh of electricity per annum 
from solar panels

2,810 tonnes

CO2 offset per annum  
2019/20

(2019: 149,849)

(2019: 224,470)

(2019: 2,558)

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   53

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:38:11

53

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportOur 
Governance

Board of Directors 
Directors’ Report
Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Independent Auditors’ Report  
to the Members of FW Thorpe Plc

56
58

64
65

69

Swansea University

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   54

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:59

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   55

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:34:02

Board of Directors

Mike Allcock
Chairman, Joint Group 
Chief Executive 

Craig Muncaster
Joint Group Chief 
Executive, Group 
Financial Director and 
Company Secretary

James Thorpe
Business Development 
Director, Thorlux 
Lighting 

David Taylor
Managing Director,  
Philip Payne 

Appointment/Background: 

Appointment/Background: 

Appointment/Background: 

Appointment/Background: 

Mike joined FW Thorpe Plc 
in 1984 as an apprentice 
working his way to Technical 
Director for Thorlux Lighting 
in 1998, taking responsibility 
for the Company’s design 
programme. He was appointed 
Group Technical Director in 
2001 and became Managing 
Director of Thorlux Lighting 
in 2003. Mike is a Chartered 
Electrical Engineer and a 
Fellow of the Institution of 
Engineering and Technology. 
He is passionate about 
developing innovative, high 
technology, market leading 
products. He became Joint 
Group Chief Executive of FW 
Thorpe in 2010 and Chairman 
in July 2017.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

Lighting & Controls 
Technology, Product Design/
Management, Industry 
Knowledge, Marketing, 
Strategy

Tenure

1

1

6

56

After graduating in Business 
Administration, Craig 
qualified as a Chartered 
Management Accountant 
in 2000. He has spent 
time in the manufacturing 
and engineering sectors, 
previously as UK Financial 
Director for Durr, which 
included a number of overseas 
ventures and projects for 
the wider Group. He joined 
FW Thorpe in 2010 and was 
appointed Joint Group Chief 
Executive in July 2017.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

Financial Management, 
Commercial/Legal Risk, 
Investor Relations, Mergers 
& Acquisitions, Company 
Secretarial

James graduated from Swansea 
University with a BSc in 2000. 
He spent 13 years in the IT 
industry, involved in a variety 
of public and private sector 
contracts before joining FW 
Thorpe in 2013. During his 
time as Business Development 
Manager at Thorlux, he has 
been responsible for securing a 
number of high profile projects 
which have contributed to the 
growth of revenue derived 
from the healthcare sector. 
James is the great grandson 
of the Company founder and 
was appointed as a director in 
July 2017.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

Sales & Marketing, Business 
Development, Digital 
Marketing

David joined FW Thorpe in 
1978 and on completion of a 
commercial apprenticeship 
leading to an HNC in Business 
Studies he worked in various 
roles at Thorlux Lighting and 
elsewhere within the Group. 
In 1996, he became Managing 
Director of Philip Payne 
Limited.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

Manufacturing, Business 
Management, Financial 
Management, Industry 
Knowledge

 <5 years 
 <10 years 
 >10 years

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   56

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:34:31

 
 
Committee key

 R

Remuneration Committee

Andrew Thorpe
Non-Executive Director 

Peter Mason 
Non-Executive Director 

Ian Thorpe 
Non-Executive Director 

Tony Cooper
Non-Executive Director 

Appointment/Background: 

Appointment/Background: 

Appointment/Background: 

Appointment/Background: 

Andrew is the grandson of the 
Company founder, Frederick 
William Thorpe. After serving 
an apprenticeship with the 
Company, he has worked in 
various parts of the business, 
leading to the positions 
of Export Sales Director, 
Manufacturing Director and 
then Managing Director of 
Thorlux Lighting. In 2000, 
he became Joint Group 
Chief Executive and in 2003 
Group Chairman, positions 
he held until July 2017. In 
July 2019 Andrew became a 
non-executive director and 
member of the remuneration 
committee.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

 R
Manufacturing, Product 
Design/Management, 
Sales & Marketing, Industry 
Knowledge, Strategy, 
Governance

Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Donington Court  
Pegasus Business Park 
Castle Donington 
DE74 2UZ

Bankers
Lloyds 
Church Green East 
Redditch 
Worcestershire 
B98 8BZ

After studying Electrical 
Engineering at Aberdeen 
University, Peter qualified as 
a Chartered Accountant with 
Price Waterhouse in 1976. He 
spent time with Planet Group 
and TI Group before joining 
FW Thorpe in 1987 as Finance 
Director. He became Joint 
Chief Executive in July 2000. 
In June 2010 he became a 
non-executive director and 
Chairman of the remuneration 
committee following the 
appointment of his successor.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

 R
Financial Management, 
Governance, Company 
Secretarial, Industry 
Knowledge

Ian, grandson of the Company 
founder, was Manufacturing 
Director of Thorlux Lighting 
from 1978 until 1993 when he 
became Personnel Director. 
He became a non-executive 
director on 1 October 1997 
and is a member of the 
remuneration committee.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

 R
Manufacturing, Human 
Resources, Governance, 
Industry Knowledge

Tony graduated from 
Loughborough University 
with a B.Tech in Production 
Engineering and Management 
in 1984 and became a 
Chartered Engineer in 
1988. He worked in various 
manufacturing industries, 
including Mars Electronics 
and Thomas & Betts, before 
joining Thorlux Lighting as 
Manufacturing Director in 
1998. Tony became a non-
executive director in April 2020.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

Manufacturing, Business 
Management, Industry 
Knowledge, Project 
Management

Solicitors
Keystone Law 
48 Chancery Lane 
London  
WC2A 1JF

Pinsent Masons LLP 
19 Cornwall Street 
Birmingham  
B3 2FF

Nominated Adviser
N+1 Singer 
12 Smithfield Street 
London 
EC1A 9BD

Registrars
Equiniti 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
BN99 6DA

Registered Office
Merse Road 
North Moons Moat 
Redditch 
Worcestershire 
B98 9HH

Registered No
FW Thorpe Plc is registered in 
England and Wales No. 317886

57

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   57

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:34:59

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur FinancialsOur GovernanceBusiness Overview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report

The directors present their Directors’ 
report with the audited consolidated 
financial statements of the Group and 
the Company for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2020.

Principal Activity
The main activity of the Group 
continues to be the design, 
manufacture and supply of 
professional lighting equipment.  
Each company within the Group 
operates in a different market of  
the lighting sector.

Business Review
The trading results for the year 
are set out in the Consolidated 
Income Statement on page 78 
and the Group’s financial position 
at the end of the year is set out in 
the Consolidated and Company 
Statements of Financial Position 
on page 80. A review of the 
performance of the business during 
the financial year and expected 
future developments are contained 
in the Chairman’s Statement, the 
Operational Performance section and 
the Financial Performance section 
which form part of the Strategic 
Report.

Key Performance Indicators
The directors consider the main 
financial key performance indicators 
(KPIs) to be those disclosed on page 
22 (financial highlights). The two 
most important KPIs to the business 
are revenue and operating profit.

The directors monitor non-financial 
areas of the business relating to 
energy saving and environmental 
responsibility, market and product 
development, customer service and 
product support on a regular basis.

Objectives are set for each company 
within the Group incorporating 
financial and non-financial 
targets which have appropriate 
measurements that reflect their 
nature. These are monitored regularly 
at local and Group Board level. During 
the year a number of objectives were 
achieved, some impacted by COVID-19 
in the final quarter of the year.

Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties
The table on pages 46 to 48 
details what we consider to be the 
principal risks and uncertainties to 
the business, and how we seek to 
manage and mitigate these risks.

The Group has financial risks and 
seeks to minimise and manage 
these by incorporating controls into 
key functions as part of the normal 
business operation.

Details of other risk management 
procedures are included within the 
internal control section of this report 
and in the financial risk section within 
the accounting policies (note 1).

impact of the risks identified and, 
where appropriate, actions are 
taken to ensure they are effectively 
controlled. This process is extended 
to include a detailed review of 
risk, as assessed by local senior 
executives, and procedures have 
been established to ensure that the 
Group Board is made aware of any 
additional significant risks identified 
and to consider appropriate action. 
This process culminated in the 
provision of a certificate, by senior 
executives at the operating sites, 
confirming that they have identified 
and addressed the risks arising in 
their business and reported them to 
the Group Board accordingly.

Internal Control
The Board of directors has overall 
responsibility for the system of 
internal control and for reviewing 
its effectiveness throughout the 
Group. The internal control systems 
are designed to meet the Group’s 
particular needs and the risks to 
which it is exposed, and by their 
nature can only provide reasonable 
but not absolute assurance against 
misstatement or loss.

The directors have responsibility 
for maintaining a system of internal 
control which provides reasonable 
assurance of the effective and 
efficient operations, internal financial 
control and compliance with laws and 
regulations.

Other Areas of Control
During the year and continuing 
after the year end, the Board has 
operated a formal risk identification 
and evaluation process as part of a 
continuous review of the Group’s 
internal controls. This process 
considers financial, operational 
and compliance risks and includes 
participation from senior executives 
from all operating subsidiaries. The 
results of this process to date have 
been utilised by the Board to focus 
the ongoing process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing the Group’s 
significant risks. The programme 
is utilised to monitor the potential 

Proposed Dividend
Details of the proposed dividend are 
disclosed in the Financial Performance 
section on pages 42 and 43.

Directors
The directors of the Company during 
the year and at the date of this report 
are set out on pages 56 and 57.

The directors retiring by rotation are 
M Allcock, A B Thorpe, A M Cooper 
who, being eligible, offer themselves 
for re-election. M Allcock has a 
service contract terminable on 24 
months’ notice.

Directors’ Share Interests
The details of the directors’ share 
interests are set out in the directors’ 
remuneration report on page 67.

Directors’ Indemnities
As permitted by the Articles of 
Association, the directors have the 
benefit of an indemnity which is 
a qualifying third party indemnity 
provision as defined by section 234 
of the Companies Act 2006. The 
indemnity was in force throughout 
the last financial year and is currently 
in force. The Company also purchased 
and maintained throughout the 
financial year directors’ and officers’ 
liability insurance in respect of itself 
and its directors.

58

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   58

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:34:59

Board Constitution
The Company continues to be 
proprietorial in nature and the 
directors act as a unitary Board and as 
a consequence are unable to see the 
benefits of splitting the Board into 
sub-committees and in particular of 
constituting audit and nomination 
committees as matters that would 
normally be considered by an audit or 
nomination committee are addressed 
by the full Board with the non-
executive directors present and the 
auditors attending as appropriate.

A remuneration committee has been 
established with the following people 
serving on it:

P D Mason
Non-executive director and  
Chairman of the committee.

A B Thorpe
Non-executive director.

I A Thorpe
Non-executive director.

Terms and conditions for the 
operation of this committee are 
in place and it meets as and when 
required. The committee’s report is 
presented on pages 65 to 68.

Where there is a requirement for a 
senior personnel or subsidiary board 
appointment a sub-committee is 
formed. Any appointment to the 
Group Board would involve all Board 
members in the selection process.

The Board meets regularly during the 
year and has a schedule of matters 
reserved for its approval, which only 
the Board may change.

Substantial Shareholdings
At 30 September 2020, the Company 
had received notification of the 
following interests in 3% or more of 
the issued share capital, excluding 
holdings of directors:

Liontrust Investment  
Partners LLP
6,228,630 (5.4%)

C M Brangwin
7,231,550 (6.2%)

Relations with Shareholders
Directors are kept informed of the 
views of shareholders by face-to-face 
contact at the Company’s premises 
on the day of the Annual General 
Meeting where possible and, if 
appropriate, by meeting with major 
shareholders at other times during 
the year. See Notice of Meeting – 
AGM 2020.

Directors’ Authority to Issue 
Shares
In previous years, at the Annual 
General Meeting, shareholders 
have been asked to pass resolutions 
to authorise the directors to allot 
shares for cash or to grant rights 
to subscribe for, or to convert any 
security into, shares in the Company 
and to allow them to do so (and also 
to sell treasury shares) in certain 
circumstances without first offering 
the shares in question to existing 
shareholders.

As the directors have no intention 
of exercising these authorities, there 
will be no resolution to grant these 
powers at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting.

This will not, however, prevent shares 
from being allotted or treasury 
shares being sold to individuals who 
exercise options under any share 
option scheme of the Company.

Purchase of Own Shares
Resolution number 8 set out in the 
notice of the Annual General Meeting 
will, if it is approved, allow the 
Company to exercise the authority 
contained in the Articles of Association 
to purchase its own shares. The 
Board has no firm intention that the 
Company should make purchases 
of its own shares if the proposed 
authority becomes effective, but 
would like to be able to act quickly if 
circumstances arise in which such a 
purchase would be desirable.

Purchases will only be made on the 
Alternative Investment Market and 
only in circumstances where the 
directors believe that they are in the 

best interests of the shareholders 
generally. Furthermore, purchases 
will only be made if the directors 
believe that they would result in an 
increase in earnings per share.

The proposed authority will 
be limited by the terms of the 
special resolution to the purchase 
of 11,893,559 ordinary shares 
representing 10% of the Company’s 
issued ordinary share capital at 30 
September 2020 and a nominal value 
of £118,936.

The minimum price per ordinary 
share payable by the Company 
(exclusive of expenses) will be 1p. 
The maximum to be paid will be an 
amount not more than 5% above 
the average of the middle market 
quotations for ordinary shares of 
the Company as derived from the 
Alternative Investment Market on 
the five business days immediately 
preceding the date of each purchase. 
The Company may either cancel 
any shares which it purchases under 
this authority or transfer them into 
treasury, and subsequently sell or 
transfer them out of treasury or 
cancel them. The maximum number 
of shares and the permitted price 
range are stated in order to comply 
with statutory and Stock Exchange 
requirements and should not be 
taken as representative of the 
number of shares (if any) which may 
be purchased, or the terms of such a 
purchase.

The authority will lapse on the date 
of the Annual General Meeting of 
the Company in 2021. However, 
in order to maintain the Board’s 
flexibility of action it is envisaged 
that it will be renewed at future 
Annual General Meetings.

59

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   59

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:34:59

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur FinancialsOur GovernanceBusiness OverviewDirectors’ Report continued

Corporate Governance
The Company’s shares are traded on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM) of the London Stock Exchange Plc. 
Previously the Company was not required to comply with the Principles of Good Governance and Code of Best Practice 
(“The UK Corporate Governance Code”, or the “Code”).

Following a change to the AIM rules in 2018, from 28 September 2018, the Company has adopted the Quoted 
Companies Alliance’s “Corporate Governance Guidelines for Smaller Quoted Companies” (the QCA Code) which the 
Board believes is appropriate due to the size and complexity of the Company. 

There are ten principles of the QCA code and the following table sets out in broad terms how we comply at this point in time.

Extent of 
current 
compliance

Compliant

Principle

 1

Establish a strategy 
and business model 
which promote 
long-term value for 
shareholders 

Compliant

 2

 Seek to 
understand and 
meet shareholders’ 
needs and  
expectations

Commentary

Further disclosure

Find out more in the 
Strategic Report 
on pages 08 to 53
Read about our 
Strategy on pages 
16 and 17 
Read about our 
Business Model on 
pages 14 and 15

Find out more in the 
Directors’ Report 
on page 58

The Group’s business strategy is detailed in 
our Annual Report & Accounts and focuses 
on delivering long-term growth and stability, 
achieved through four key strategic priorities:

•  Focus on high quality products and good 

leadership in technology

•  Continue to grow the customer base for 

Group companies

•  Focus on manufacturing excellence
•  Continue to develop high quality people

Meetings are held with shareholders as 
required; this includes visits to our various 
company locations being organised and 
encouraged where possible. In addition, all 
announcements include contact details for 
shareholders to contact the Company if they so 
choose.

The AGM is another forum for dialogue with 
our shareholders. The Notice of Meeting is sent 
to shareholders at least 21 days before the 
meeting.

Any feedback during these meetings is 
encouraged and acted upon where appropriate.

 3

 Take into account 
wider stakeholder 
and social 
responsibilities and 
their implications for 
long-term success

Compliant

Feedback from employees, customers, suppliers 
and other stakeholders is actively encouraged.

Our employees are an important stakeholder 
group and we actively encourage dialogue with 
the Company via various employee committees 
within our companies. Reports from these 
meetings are distributed to the Board.

Find out more 
in the Strategic 
Report on pages 
08 to 53 and in our 
Sustainability 
section on pages 52 
and 53

60

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   60

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:34:59

Commentary

Further disclosure

Extent of 
current 
compliance

Compliant

Principle

 4

Embed effective 
risk management, 
considering both 
opportunities and 
threats, throughout 
the organisation 

Partially 
Compliant

Total of eight directors, four executive directors 
and four non-executive directors.

 5

Maintain the 
Board as a well-
functioning, 
balanced team led 
by the Chair

The Board operates a continuous risk 
identification and evaluation process. The 
results are utilised by the Board to manage any 
significant risks.

In addition, the executive directors regularly 
visit all operating sites and review financial and 
commercial issues with an executive director 
responsible for each individual company.

The Board has overall responsibility for the 
system of internal control and for reviewing its 
effectiveness throughout the Group.

Internal financial control is driven by Group 
finance who visit each company to assess 
compliance against key controls. This includes 
regular financial reporting that is compared 
against plan and previous year’s performance.

The non-executives are not considered fully 
independent. The Board considers that the 
non-executive directors are appropriate as they 
bring significant experience and expertise in the 
sector. In addition, as the directors retire on a 
three-year rotation, shareholders have a regular 
opportunity to ensure that the composition of 
the Board is in line with their interests. 

There is a Remuneration Committee but no 
Audit Committee, with matters that would 
normally be tabled at an Audit Committee put 
to the full Board. 

The current composition of the Board provides 
the necessary skills, experience and capabilities 
for the size and context of the Group.

The composition and succession of the Board 
are subject to review, considering the future 
needs of the Group.

Compliant

 6

Ensure that between 
them the directors 
have the necessary 
up-to-date 
experience, skills 
and capabilities

Find out more 
about our 
Principal Risk and 
Uncertainties on 
pages 44 to 48 and 
in the Directors’ 
Report on page 58

Find out more in  
Our Governance 
on pages 56 to 75 
Read about our 
Board of Directors 
on pages 56 and 57
Read our Directors’ 
Report on pages 58 
to 63

Find out more in  
Our Governance 
on pages 56 to 75 
Read about our 
Board of Directors 
on pages 56 and 57 
Read our Directors’ 
Report on pages 58 
to 63

61

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   61

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:34:59

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur FinancialsOur GovernanceBusiness OverviewDirectors’ Report continued

Extent of 
current 
compliance

Partially 
Compliant

Commentary

Further disclosure

There is no formal evaluation process; 
however, the Chairman is responsible for 
Board performance and accordingly actively 
encourages feedback on the content and 
function of board meetings.

The composition and succession of the Board 
are subject to constant review, considering the 
ever-changing needs of the Group. In addition, 
the directors retire by rotation every three years 
giving shareholders the opportunity to ensure 
that the Board is aligned with their interests.

Compliant

Our core aim is for long-term growth and 
stability.

Principle

 7

Evaluate Board 
performance 
based on clear and 
relevant objectives, 
seeking continuous 
improvement

 8

Promote a corporate 
culture that is based 
on ethical values and 
behaviours

Find out more in the 
Strategic Report 
on pages 08 to 53 
Read about our 
Strategy on pages 
16 and 17

 Find out more in the 
Directors’ Report 
on pages 58 to 63 
Read about our 
Board of Directors 
on pages 56 and 57

 Find out more  
online at:  
www.fwthorpe.co.uk

The Group management team is passionate 
about developing the business for the benefit of 
the shareholders, employees and customers.

With our focus on excellence, we ensure our 
Group’s culture is consistent with the aim of 
long term growth and stability. In order to 
achieve and maintain such a culture, we invest 
in training our employees, as mentioned in the 
Annual Report and Accounts.

The Board as a whole is responsible for 
robust governance practices. The roles and 
responsibilities of each director are clear and 
responsibilities understood.

The Board meets at least eight times each year, 
with additional meetings as required.

The Company communicates through the 
Annual Report and Accounts, full-year and 
interim announcements, the AGM and one-
to-one meetings with existing or potential 
shareholders.

A range of corporate information is also 
available on the Company’s website.

Meetings with shareholders, employee groups, 
management and other representative groups 
provide a platform for raising any concerns 
relating to corporate governance.

Compliant

Compliant

 9

Maintain 
governance 
structures and 
processes that 
are fit for purpose 
and support good 
decision making by 
the Board

 10

Communicate 
how the Company 
is governed and 
is performing 
by maintaining 
a dialogue with 
shareholders and 
other relevant 
stakeholders

62

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   62

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:34:59

They have also produced an analysis 
that demonstrates that the Group 
could cover its cash commitments 
even if there were zero sales over 
the following year from approving 
these accounts. For this reason, they 
continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the accounts.

Approval of Strategic and 
Directors’ Reports
The directors confirm that the 
information contained within the 
Strategic Report on pages 08 to 53 
and the Directors’ Report on pages 
58 to 63 is an accurate representation 
of the Group’s strategy and 
performance.

By order of the Board

Craig Muncaster 
Joint Chief Executive, Group Financial 
Director and Company Secretary

30 September 2020

Registered Office: 
Merse Road 
North Moons Moat 
Redditch 
Worcestershire 
B98 9HH

Company Registration Number: 
317886

The Board considers that the 
Company applies the principles of 
best practice with the exception of 
the matters listed below:

•  There are no independent Board 

members.

•  The Board does not have an 

independent audit committee.

•  The Board does not have a 
nominations committee.
•  There is no formal evaluation 
process of Board performance.

The Board believes that the 
exceptions, which are more fully 
explained in the sections relating 
to the Board constitution and the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report, are 
appropriate for the size and context 
of the Group.

Statement on the  
Provision of Information  
to Independent Auditors
The auditors have direct access 
to all members of the Board and 
attend and present their reports at 
appropriate Board meetings. The 
Board considers, at least annually, 
the relationships and fees in place 
with the auditors to confirm their 
independence is maintained.

Independent Auditors
The auditors, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, have 
expressed their willingness to 
continue in office and a resolution for 
their reappointment will be proposed 
at the next Annual General Meeting.

Going Concern
The directors confirm they are 
satisfied that the Group and 
Company have adequate resources, 
with £44.4m cash and £18.6m short 
term deposits, to continue in business 
for the foreseeable future factoring 
in the expected impact of Covid-19. 

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   63

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:03

63

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur FinancialsOur GovernanceBusiness OverviewStatement of Directors’ Responsibilities
in respect of the Financial Statements

The directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulation.

•  make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements 

Directors’ confirmations
In the case of each director in office 
at the date the Directors’ Report is 
approved:

• 

• 

so far as the director is aware, 
there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Group 
and Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and
they have taken all the steps 
that they ought to have taken 
as a director in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish 
that the Group and Company’s 
auditors are aware of that 
information. 

By order of the Board

Craig Muncaster 
Joint Chief Executive, Group Financial 
Director and Company Secretary

30 September 2020

on the going concern basis unless 
it is inappropriate to presume 
that the Group and Company will 
continue in business.

The directors are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group 
and Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

The directors are responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Group and Company’s 
transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Group and 
Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006.

The directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website. Legislation in 
the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Company law requires the directors 
to prepare financial statements for 
each financial year. Under that law the 
directors have prepared the Group 
financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by 
the European Union and Company 
financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union. Under company 
law the directors must not approve 
the financial statements unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the 
Group and Company and of the profit 
or loss of the Group and Company 
for that period. In preparing the 
financial statements, the directors are 
required to:

• 

• 

select suitable accounting policies 
and then apply them consistently;
state whether applicable IFRSs as 
adopted by the European Union 
have been followed for the Group 
financial statements and IFRSs 
as adopted by the European 
Union have been followed for the 
Company financial statements, 
subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements;

64

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   64

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:04

Directors’ Remuneration Report

The Board has prepared this report to 
the shareholders, taking into account 
sections 420 to 422 of the Companies 
Act 2006 and AIM Rule 19.

Performance Graph
The graph below shows the comparative data for the FTSE AIM share index 
and the FTSE Fledgling share index, rebased to 100, as these are considered to 
be the most appropriate comparative indices for the Company’s business.

The Board has delegated the 
responsibility for the executive 
directors’ remuneration to the 
Remuneration Committee. The scope 
of their responsibilities includes the 
executive directors’ service contracts, 
salaries and other benefits, which 
comprise their terms and conditions 
of employment.

Remuneration Committee
The current members of the 
Remuneration Committee are the 
non-executive directors P D Mason 
(Chairman of the Committee), I A 
Thorpe, and A B Thorpe.

The Committee has met as and 
when required during the financial 
year. No member of the Committee 
has any personal financial interest 
in the matters to be decided other 
than as shareholders. There are no 
conflicts of interest arising from 
cross-directorships or day-to-
day involvement in running the 
business. The Committee has access 
to market data when considering 
the remuneration of the executive 
directors.

Remuneration Policy
Executive Directors
The aim of the Committee is to ensure 
that the executive directors are fairly 
rewarded for their responsibilities 
and contribution to the performance 
of the Group. The Committee seeks 
to achieve this with a combination of 
performance and non-performance 
related remuneration designed 
to attract, retain and motivate the 
directors.

In establishing the salaries of the 
directors, the Committee takes 
into account the responsibilities 
and performance of the individual 
together with data from comparable 
organisations and indicative trends for 
the business and its economic sector.

Total shareholder return

250

200

150

100

50

30-06-2015

FW Thorpe

AIM All Share

FTSE Fledgling

30-06-2016

30-06-2017

30-06-2018

30-06-2019

30-06-2020

The remuneration package consists 
of the following elements:

1.  Basic salary, benefits in kind 

and other benefits. The salary is 
determined in August each year, 
unless there has been a change 
in responsibilities, where an 
adjustment will be made at the 
same time. The benefits in kind 
mainly consist of the provision 
of a car and health insurance. A 
director may choose to take a 
cash allowance instead of a car. 
Other benefits consist of pension 
arrangements and life assurance.
2.  Annual bonus. The bonus is made 
up of two elements. The first 
element relates to the operating 
profit of the business unit for 
which the director has specific 
performance responsibilities. The 
second element relates to the 
operating profit of the Group as 
a whole. The bonuses are paid 
in September and relate to the 
period ending on 30 June in the 
same year.

3.  Long term incentive scheme. This 
scheme consists of the “Executive 
Share Ownership Plan” (ESOP) 
details of which are shown on 
page 68.

Non-Executive Directors
The Board as a whole determines the 
remuneration of the non-executive 
directors. The Board takes into 
account the contribution made 
and the relative time spent on the 
Company’s affairs. The non-executive 
directors do not receive bonuses. 
Their benefits in kind consist of the 
provision of health insurance.

Directors’ Service Contracts
M Allcock has a service contract 
terminable on two years’ notice. 
C Muncaster, D Taylor and J E Thorpe 
have service contracts terminable 
on one year’s notice. A B Thorpe, P D 
Mason, I A Thorpe and A M Cooper 
do not have formal service contracts 
with the Company.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   65

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:04

65

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur FinancialsOur GovernanceBusiness OverviewDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Directors’ Emoluments (Audited)

Executive 
directors
M Allcock
D Taylor
C Muncaster
J E Thorpe
Non-executive 
directors
A B Thorpe
I A Thorpe
P D Mason
A M Cooper *

2020
Salary/
fees
£’000
213
113
240
118

34
34
34
96
882

2020
Bonus
£’000
138
71
147
90

2020
Benefits
£’000
21
13
20
20

–
–
–
51
497

14
15
5
12
120

2020
Total
£’000
372
197
407
228

48
49
39
159
1,499

2019
Total
£’000
416
239
414
210

206
43
33
260
1,821

2020
Share 
options
£’000
27
54
20
–

2019
Share 
options
£’000
26
52
19
 – 

–
–
–
7
108

50
 – 
 –
 6 
153

2020
Total
£’000
399
251
427
228

48
49
39
166
1,607

2019
Total
£’000
 442 
 291 
 433 
 210 

 256 
 43 
33
266 
1,974

* 

A M Cooper relinquished his role as as an executive director,  becoming a non-executive director on 2 April 2020.

The directors’ emoluments exclude contributions to the pension scheme.

Directors’ Pension Arrangements
M Allcock is a deferred member and D Taylor a pensioner member of the defined contribution scheme of the FW 
Thorpe Retirement Benefits Scheme and they have a final salary guarantee as they were previously members of 
the defined benefit section. A M Cooper is a deferred member and J E Thorpe an active member of the defined 
contribution section of the FW Thorpe Retirement Benefits Scheme. A M Cooper has a personal pension plans to which 
the Company contributed.

I A Thorpe, A B Thorpe and P D Mason are retired members of the defined benefit section.

The FW Thorpe Retirement Benefits Scheme is a funded, HMRC approved occupational pension scheme. The scheme is 
divided into two sections – a defined benefit scheme and a defined contribution scheme. The defined benefit section 
was closed to new members on 1 October 1995.

The defined benefit section aims to provide a maximum pension of two-thirds of pensionable salary at normal 
retirement date. M Allcock’s and D Taylor’s pensionable salary includes an average of the previous three years’ profit 
bonus. Defined contribution members contribute up to 5% of basic salary and the Company contributes up to 17%.

M Allcock, D Taylor and A M Cooper have ceased being active members of the FW Thorpe Retirement Benefits 
Scheme and C Muncaster has ceased being an active member of his personal pension scheme due to HMRC limits on 
lifetime allowances and annual contributions. Subsequently the Company has entered into pension compensation 
arrangements with these four directors and J E Thorpe to compensate them for the loss of these employer pension 
contributions. During the financial year the Company paid pension compensation to M Allcock of £167,942 (2019: 
£145,755), A M Cooper £7,414 (2019: £10,697), C Muncaster £40,724 (2019: £34,882), D Taylor £19,132 (2019: £9,393) and to 
J E Thorpe £9,290 (2019: £5,881).

All the executive directors are covered by life assurance benefit of four times pensionable salary. In addition, the 
defined benefit scheme members are entitled to a spouse’s pension on death.

66

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   66

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:04

There are no directors, excluding those classified as pensioners, having accrued entitlements under the defined benefit 
section of the pension scheme.

The following table shows the contributions paid by the Company in respect of those directors participating in the 
defined contribution section of the pension scheme.

J E Thorpe

2020 
£’000
12

2019 
£’000
10

A M Cooper has a personal pension which is not part of the Company scheme, and the following contributions have 
been made during the year.

A M Cooper

2020 
£’000
8

2019 
£’000
10

CEO Pay Ratio
FW Thorpe being a UK listed company with more than 250 employees is required to disclose annually the ratio of the 
CEO’S pay to the lower quartile, median and upper quartile pay of their UK employees. These details are shown in the 
table below.

Year
2019-20

Method
Option A

25th percentile pay ratio
24:1

Median pay ratio
15:1

75th percentile pay ratio
8:1

Option A was chosen as it represents the most accurate means of identifying the percentiles. The comparison is based 
on data for the year ended 30 June 2020. The table below sets out the salary and total pay and benefits for the three 
quartiles.

Base salary
Total remuneration

25th percentile pay 
20,104
28,367

Median pay 
29,833
45,272

75th percentile pay
46,818
87,374

Directors’ Shareholdings
The directors listed below were in office during the year. Directors’ interests in the share capital of the Company at 
30 June 2020 and 1 July 2019 were as follows:

Executive directors
M Allcock
D Taylor
C Muncaster
J E Thorpe
Non-executive directors
A B Thorpe
I A Thorpe
P D Mason
A M Cooper

Ordinary shares of  
1p Beneficial
2020
175,500
132,896
50,000
1,371,450

2019
159,500
116,413
35,000
1,371,450

27,682,700
25,840,352
1,626,370
112,224

27,682,700
25,840,352
1,626,370
112,224

The market price of the Company’s shares at the beginning and end of the financial year was 317p and 301p 
respectively, and the range of market prices during the year was from 225p to 363p.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   67

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:04

67

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur FinancialsOur GovernanceBusiness OverviewDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Executive Share Ownership Plan (ESOP)
Share options were granted during 2014, under the Company’s ESOP, to the Company’s executive directors and certain 
directors of subsidiary companies. The plan allows the vesting of options subject to the achievement of performance 
targets, being annual growth of pre-tax Earnings Per Shares in excess of RPI plus 3% over a five-year period. The options 
that were granted to the executive directors are detailed in the table below:

Date Granted
Share Options
Exercise price (p)

M Allcock

A B Thorpe

C Muncaster
24 October 2014 24 October 2014 24 October 2014 24 October 2014 24 October 2014
200,000
124

200,000
124

200,000
124

200,000
124

200,000
124

A M Cooper

D Taylor

During the year the third tranche of shares of this ESOP vested as the performance conditions were met in the financial 
year ended 30 June 2017, options vested and exercised in the year are shown in the table below. The fifth tranche of shares 
for this scheme relating to the year ended 30 June 2019 were forfeit as the performance conditions were not met.

Number at 1 July 2019
Awarded
Vested
Exercised
Forfeit
Lapsed
Number at 30 June 2020

A B Thorpe
120,000
 – 
40,000
 –
(40,000)
 – 
80,000

M Allcock
140,000
 – 
40,000
(20,000)
(40,000)
 – 
80,000

D Taylor
120,000
 – 
40,000
(40,000)
(40,000)
 – 
40,000

A M Cooper
155,161
 – 
40,000
(4,839)
(40,000)
 – 
110,322

C Muncaster
165,000
 – 
40,000
(15,000)
(40,000)
 – 
110,000

There have been no other changes in the interests of the directors in the share capital of any Company in the Group 
during the period 1 July 2020 to 30 September 2020.

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Craig Muncaster 
Joint Chief Executive, Group Financial Director and Company Secretary

30 September 2020

68

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   68

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:05

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Independent Auditors’ Report
to the Members of FW Thorpe Plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion
In our opinion, FW Thorpe Plc’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the “financial 
statements”):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 30 June 2020 and of the 

Group’s profit and the Group’s and the Company’s cash flows for the year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted 
by the European Union and, as regards the Company’s financial statements, as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), 
which comprise: the Consolidated and Company Statements of Financial Position as at 30 June 2020; the Consolidated 
Income Statement and Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Company Statements 
of Cash Flows, the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, and the Company Statement of Changes in Equity 
for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant 
accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we 
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach
Overview

•  Overall Group materiality: £860,000 (2019: £880,000), based on 5% of three year average 
profit before tax and before profit on disposal of property (2019: profit before tax and 
before profit on disposal of property).

•  Overall Company materiality: £729,000 (2019: £680,000), based on 5% of three year 

average profit before tax and before profit on disposal of property (2019: profit before 
tax and before profit on disposal of property).

Materiality

Audit scope

Key audit 
matters

• 

In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit, we identified three reporting 
units, which, in our view, required an audit of their complete financial information both 
due to their size and risk characteristics: Thorlux Lighting (the Company), Lightronics and 
Famostar. The Group engagement team audited Thorlux Lighting whilst Lightronics and 
Famostar were audited by a non-PwC component audit team located in the Netherlands. 
The work performed by the component auditor was subject to review by the Group 
engagement team and the work performed over areas considered to be of significant 
importance to the audit has fed into our key audit matters.

Impairment consideration relating to COVID-19 (Group and Company);

• 
•  Valuation of the share appreciation rights repurchase obligation (Group and Company);
•  Valuation of warranty provision (Group and Company); and
•  Capitalisation of internal development costs (Group and Company). 

69

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   69

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:06

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur FinancialsOur GovernanceBusiness Overview 
 
Independent Auditors’ Report continued
to the Members of FW Thorpe Plc

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements. In particular, we looked at where the directors made subjective judgements, for example 
in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events 
that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal 
controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the directors that represented a risk of material 
misstatement due to fraud.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the 
audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect 
on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 
These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment consideration  
relating to COVID-19

In respect of trade receivables (excluding balances owed by Group 
undertakings):

Refer to critical accounting estimates and 
judgements in note 1 to the financial 
statements and note 9 for Intangible 
assets, note 10 for Investment in 
subsidiaries and note 16 for Trade and 
other receivables.

The ongoing economic uncertainty due 
to COVID-19 requires the directors and 
auditors to consider the impact on the 
valuation of various assets on the Group 
and Company financial statements.

Group and Company

•  We have assessed the level of trade receivable balances which 

remain unpaid at the year end and have traced a sample of amounts 
received after the year end to bank statements; and

•  We have assessed management’s calculation of the expected credit 
loss provision for third party trade receivables by reviewing the 
credit insurance in place, track record of the business in receiving 
payment and assessing the probability that undue amounts will be 
paid in light of the current economic conditions of the customer 
base.

In respect of balances owed by Group undertakings:

•  The expected credit loss model prepared by the client has 
considered a range of potential outcomes, which are then 
probability weighted depending on the future underlying 
performance of the entities. When considering these models we 
have applied sensitivity analysis to the key inputs, which include 
the probability of, and loss given, default. We have also considered 
management’s estimates through comparison to historical and 
future business performance in line with contractual terms and 
position of the business at the year end; and

•  We found that the valuation of balances owed from Group 

undertakings after making impairment provisions were consistent 
with the evidence obtained.

In respect of Goodwill and Investment in subsidiaries:

•  We have reviewed the impairment assessments produced by 

management for the various cash generating units of the Group 
and subsidiaries of the Company and checked the technical and 
arithmentic accuracy to ensure compliance with IAS 36; and

•  We have performed sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions to 
assess the extent to which the assumptions would need to change 
to cause an impairment and assessed the likelihood of various 
scenarios.

Based on the work undertaken we believe that, where required, an 
appropriate provision has been recognised.

70

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   70

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:06

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of share appreciation  
rights repurchase obligation  
(Group and Company)

The valuation of the repurchase obligation involves assessing estimates 
with respect to the expected EBITDA at redemption and judgement in 
assessing the expected redemption date.

Based on the historical performance of Lightronics and Famostar, 
the wider macro-economic conditions, our audit work over the 
forecast information and discussions with Lightronics’ and Famostar’s 
management, the assumptions on growth and the judgement on timing 
were considered reasonable.

We ensured there were no changes in the split in the share appreciation 
rights percentage holdings between previous investors and 
management through enquiries with management, review of board 
minutes and recalculation of the shareholder appreciation liability. 
We considered the accounting for each tranche and ensured it was 
compliant with the requirements of IAS 39 – “Financial Instruments: 
Recognition and measurement” and IFRS 2 – “Share-based payment”.

We found that the valuation of the share appreciation rights repurchase 
obligation was consistent with the evidence obtained.

Refer to critical accounting estimates and 
judgements in note 1 to the financial 
statements and note 20 trade and other 
payables.

As part of the acquisition of Lightronics 
in FY15 and Famostar in FY18, share 
appreciation rights equivalent to 35% of 
the acquired business were sold back to 
the previous investors and Lightronics 
management. The Group and Company 
are obliged to re-purchase these rights 
at an EBITDA (Earnings before interest, 
tax, depreciation and amortisation 
expense) multiple (based on an average 
of the previous two years) by FY21 with 
the option to exercise being held by the 
previous investors and management.

Where the share appreciation rights 
are due to the previous investors, 
this is accounted for as contingent 
consideration. The share appreciation 
rights in relation to the previous 
management who remain employed 
is accounted for as a cash settled share 
based payment. Any re-valuation of the 
contingent consideration is recognised 
immediately, whilst any re-valuation of 
the total share based payment charge 
is spread across the remaining option 
period, with both elements charged to 
administrative expenses.

The valuation of the repurchase 
obligation involves judgement and 
estimates with respect to the expected 
EBITDA at redemption and the 
redemption date.

Group and Company

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   71

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:06

71

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur FinancialsOur GovernanceBusiness OverviewIndependent Auditors’ Report continued
to the Members of FW Thorpe Plc

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

We have audited the specific provisions held at year-end by inspecting 
correspondence to confirm rectification is required and recalculating 
the provision amount based on material cost and estimated labour and 
installation expenditure;

We have enquired with management and reviewed board minutes to 
ensure that no specific rectification issues have been identified which 
were not provided for at year-end;

We have corroborated the actual failure rates against the expected 
failure rate used to calculate the provision, where no known rectification 
issues have been identified; and

We have reviewed and challenged the appropriateness of any other 
judgement used in the estimation of the provision.

We found the valuation of the warranty provision was consistent with 
the evidence obtained.

We have assessed the development activities performed by the Group 
against the criteria for capitalising internal development costs under 
IAS 38;

We have performed testing over the amounts capitalised in the year by 
agreeing payroll amounts to payslips and assessing the percentage of 
payroll costs capitalised with respect to the employee and their role in 
the development of products; and

We have assessed the amortisation period of three years across the 
Group with reference to the product launches and knowledge of the 
industry.

We found that the accuracy of the capitalised development costs was 
consistent with the evidence obtained.

Valuation of warranty provision 
(Group and Company)

Refer to critical accounting estimates and 
judgements in note 1 to the financial 
statements and note 23 provisions.

The Group and Company makes 
provisions for warranties where it is 
obliged to repair or replace faulty goods 
under the terms and conditions of sale. 
The typical warranty provision offered 
is for a period of five years although 
longer periods are offered by Lightronics 
and Famostar on certain product lines. 
Amounts have been provided based on 
known faults at the year-end date where 
rectification will be due and also based 
on expected failure rates as applied to 
sales made which are within the warranty 
period.

The valuation of the warranty provision 
involves judgement with respect to the 
expected failure rate especially when 
applied to new products at the start of 
their warranty period.

Group and Company

Capitalisation of internal development 
costs (Group and Company)

Refer to critical accounting estimates and 
judgements in note 1 to the financial 
statements and note 9 intangibles.

The Group undertakes development 
activities on new products and such 
internal development costs are 
capitalised where allowable under IAS 
38 – “Intangible Assets.” Judgement has 
been applied in considering whether 
the requirements for capitalising such 
internal development costs under IAS 
38 have been met, the level and nature 
of costs which should be capitalised and 
also the period over which the capitalised 
costs should be amortised.

Group and Company

72

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   72

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:06

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the 
financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the accounting 
processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and 
in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

How we determined it

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

£860,000 (2019: £880,000).
5% of three year average profit before tax 
and before profit on disposal of property.
Based on the benchmarks used in the 
annual report, profit before tax is the 
primary measure used by the shareholders 
in assessing the performance of the Group, 
and is a generally accepted auditing 
benchmark. A three year average has 
been used based on our judgement that 
the FY20 results were impacted by a short 
term downturn due to COVID-19 and not a 
permanent rebasing of profitability.

£729,000 (2019: £680,000).
5% of three year average profit before tax 
and before profit on disposal of property.
Based on the benchmarks used in the 
annual report, profit before tax is the 
primary measure used by the shareholders 
in assessing the performance of the Group, 
and is a generally accepted auditing 
benchmark. A three year average has 
been used based on our judgement that 
the FY20 results were impacted by a short 
term downturn due to COVID-19 and not a 
permanent rebasing of profitability.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group 
materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was between £400,000 and £729,000.

We agreed with the directors that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £43,000 
(Group audit) (2019: £50,000) and £36,000 (Company audit) (2019: £34,000) as well as misstatements below those 
amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which ISAs (UK) require us to report to you 
where: 

• 

• 

the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not 
appropriate; or 
the directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast 
significant doubt about the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
for a period of at least twelve months from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the 
Group’s and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   73

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:06

73

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur FinancialsOur GovernanceBusiness OverviewIndependent Auditors’ Report continued
to the Members of FW Thorpe Plc

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and 
our auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the 
extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material 
inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material 
misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report 
that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the 
UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.  

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, ISAs (UK) require us 
also to report certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report 
and Directors’ Report for the year ended 30 June 2020 is consistent with the financial statements and has been 
prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities, the directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or 
have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these 
opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or 
into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

74

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   74

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:06

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Other required reporting

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
the Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 

• 
• 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

David Teager (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
East Midlands

30 September 2020

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Governance.indd   75

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:35:06

75

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur FinancialsOur GovernanceBusiness OverviewOur 
Financials

78

79

80

Consolidated Income Statement
Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income
Consolidated and Company  
Statements of Financial Position
Consolidated Statement of  
Changes in Equity
Company Statement of  
Changes in Equity
Consolidated and Company  
Statements of Cash Flows 
83
Notes to the Financial Statements 84
128
Notice of Meeting
131
Financial Calendar

82

81

FW Thorpe Carbon Offsetting Scheme, 
Devauden

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   76

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:26

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   77

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:30

Consolidated Income Statement
For the year ended 30 June 2020

Continuing operations
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses
Other operating income
Operating profit (before profit on disposal)
Profit on disposal of property
Operating profit
Finance income
Finance expense
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the year

Notes

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

2

3
5
5

6

113,342
(63,351)
49,991
(13,434)
(20,489)
264
16,332
–
16,332
708
(1,097)
15,943
(2,629)
13,314

110,643
(60,264)
50,379
(13,182)
(19,840)
292
17,649
1,917
19,566
1,049
(1,046)
19,569
(3,429)
16,140

Earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to the equity holders of the Company during  
the year (expressed in pence per share)

Basic and diluted earnings per share
– Basic
– Diluted

Notes
7
7

2020
pence
11.45
11.40

2019
pence
13.91
13.83

The notes on pages 84 to 127 form part of these financial statements.

The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present the 
Company income statement.

78

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   78

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:30

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2020

Profit for the year:
Other comprehensive income/(expenses)
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Revaluation of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Actuarial loss on pension scheme
Movement on unrecognised pension scheme surplus
Taxation

22
22

Notes

2020
£’000
13,314

2019
£’000
16,140

229
229

(834)
(2,039)
1,869
13
(991)

153
153

(142)
(374)
191
24
(301)

Other comprehensive expense for the year, net of tax

(762)

(148)

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity shareholders

12,552

15,992

The notes on pages 84 to 127 form part of these financial statements.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   79

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:30

79

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewConsolidated and Company Statements of Financial Position
 As at 30 June 2020

Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Investment property
Financial assets at amortised cost
Equity accounted investments and joint arrangements
Financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Financial assets at amortised cost
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Short-term financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Current income tax liabilities
Total current liabilities
Net current assets
Non-current liabilities
Other payables
Lease liabilities
Provisions for liabilities and charges
Deferred income tax liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Share capital
Share premium account
Capital redemption reserve
Foreign currency translation reserve
Retained earnings
At 1 July
Profit for the year attributable to the owners
Other changes in retained earnings

Total equity

Group

Company

Notes

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

8
9
10
11
12
13

14

15
16
12
17
18
19

20
21

20
21
23
24

25
26
26
26

30,574
21,032
–
1,987
1,800
–

3,772
59,165

25,296
21,256
625
–
18,580
44,422
110,179
169,344

(36,185)
(220)
(831)
(37,236)
72,943

(67)
(417)
(2,721)
(601)
(3,806)
(41,042)
128,302

1,189
1,526
137
2,764

25,353
21,687
–
2,006
3,567
936

3,683
57,232

25,506
21,502
–
387
26,483
30,807
104,685
161,917

(21,912)
–
(1,935)
(23,847)
80,838

(12,804)
–
(2,404)
(699)
(15,907)
(39,754)
122,163

1,189
1,266
137
2,535

11,980
4,074
14,581
10,130
12,338
–

3,772
56,875

16,914
22,133
625
–
18,580
37,218
95,470
152,345

(27,964)
–
–
(27,964)
67,506

–
–
(795)
(398)
(1,193)
(29,157)
123,188

1,189
1,526
137
–

117,036
13,314
(7,664)
122,686
128,302

107,527
16,140
(6,631)
117,036
122,163

114,398
13,326
(7,388)
120,336
123,188

11,185
4,192
14,581
9,131
12,115
936

3,683
55,823

18,354
20,594
–
387
26,483
24,771
90,589
146,412

(17,290)
–
(931)
(18,221)
72,368

(10,242)
–
(466)
(493)
(11,201)
(29,422)
116,990

1,189
1,266
137
–

105,582
16,063
(7,247)
114,398
116,990

The notes on pages 84 to 127 form part of these financial statements. 

The financial statements on pages 78 to 127 were approved by the Board on 30 September 2020 and signed on its 
behalf by

Mike Allcock

Craig Muncaster

Company Registration Number: 317886

80

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   80

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:34

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2020

Share
capital
£’000
 1,189 

Share
premium
account
£’000
 1,017 

Capital
redemption
reserve
£’000
 137 

Notes

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
£’000
 2,382 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 153 

Retained
earnings
£’000

Total
equity
£’000

 107,527   112,252 

 16,140 
(374) 

 16,140 
(374) 

 191 

 191 

(142) 

(142) 

 24 

 – 

 24 

 153 

 –   

 –   

 –   

 153 

 15,839 

 15,992 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   
 1,189 

 – 
 1,189 

 249 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 249 
 1,266 

 – 
 1,266 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   
 137 

 – 
 137 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   
 2,535 

 – 
(117) 
(6,299) 
 86 
(6,330) 

 249 
(117) 
(6,299) 
 86 
(6,081) 
 117,036   122,163 

 – 
 2,535 

(265) 

(265) 
 116,771   121,898 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 13,314 
(2,039) 

 13,314 
(2,039) 

 1,869 

1,869

(834) 

(834) 

81 
(68)

81
(68)

 229 

 – 

 229 

 –   

 –   

 –   

 229 

 12,323 

 12,552 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   
 1,189 

 260 
 – 
 – 
 260 
 1,526 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   
 137 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   
 2,764 

 – 
(6,468) 
 60 
(6,408) 

 260 
(6,468) 
 60 
(6,148) 
 122,686   128,302 

22

22

14

24

27
28

22

22

14

24
24

27
28

Balance at 1 July 2018
Comprehensive income
Profit for the year to 30 June 2019
Actuarial loss on pension scheme
Movement on unrecognised pension 
scheme surplus
Revaluation of financial assets at fair 
value through other comprehensive 
income
Movement on associated deferred tax
Exchange differences on translation of 
foreign operations
Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners
Shares issued from exercised options
Purchase of own shares
Dividends paid to shareholders
Share based payment charge
Total transactions with owners
Balance at 30 June 2019
Adjustments on first time adoption of 
IFRS16 (net of tax) *
Restated balance at 1 July 2019
Comprehensive income
Profit for the year to 30 June 2020
Actuarial loss on pension scheme
Movement on unrecognised pension 
scheme surplus
Revaluation of financial assets at fair 
value through other comprehensive 
income
Movement on associated deferred tax
Impact of deferred tax rate change
Exchange differences on translation of 
foreign operations
Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners
Shares issued from exercised options
Dividends paid to shareholders
Share based payment charge
Total transactions with owners
Balance at 30 June 2020

The notes on pages 84 to 127 form part of these financial statements.
* 

 The impact of adopting IFRS 16 on 1 July 2019 is detailed in Note 1 of the Notes to the Financial Statements.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   81

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:34

81

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewCompany Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2020

Balance at  30 June 2018
Adjustment on first time adoption of 
IFRS 9 (net of tax)
Restated balance at 1 July 2018
Comprehensive income
Profit for the year to 30 June 2019
Actuarial loss on pension scheme
Movement on unrecognised pension 
scheme surplus
Revaluation of financial assets at fair 
value through other comprehensive 
income
Movement on associated deferred tax
Total comprehensive income
Shares issued from exercised options
Purchase of own shares
Dividends paid to shareholders
Share based payment charge
Total transactions with owners
Balance at 30 June 2019
Adjustment on first time adoption of 
IFRS16 (net of tax) *
Restated balance at 1 July 2019
Comprehensive income
Profit for the year to 30 June 2020
Actuarial loss on pension scheme
Movement on unrecognised pension 
scheme surplus
Revaluation of financial assets at fair 
value through other comprehensive 
income
Movement on associated deferred tax
Impact of deferred tax rate change
Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners
Shares issued from exercised options
Dividends paid to shareholders
Share based payment charge
Total transactions with owners
Balance at 30 June 2020

Notes

22

22

14

24

27
28

22

22

14

24
24

27
28

Share
capital
£’000
 1,189 

 – 
 1,189 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 –   
 – 
 –   
 –   
 –   
 –   
 1,189 

Share
premium
account
£’000
 1,017 

Capital
redemption
reserve
£’000
 137 

Retained
earnings
£’000
 105,582 

Total
equity
£’000
 107,925 

 – 
 1,017 

 – 
 137 

(616)
 104,966 

(616)
 107,309 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 –   
 249 
 –   
 –   
 –   
 249 
 1,266 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 –   
 –   
 –   
 –   
 –   
 –   
 137 

 – 

 16,063 
(374) 

 16,063 
(374) 

 191 

 191 

(142) 

(142) 

24 
 15,762 
 – 
(117) 
(6,299) 
 86 
(6,330) 
 114,398 

24
 15,762 
 249 
(117) 
(6,299) 
 86 
(6,081) 
 116,990 

 1 

 1 

 – 

 – 

 1,189 

 1,266 

 137 

 114,399 

 116,991 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 –   

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 –   

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 –   

 13,326 
(2,039) 

 13,326 
(2,039) 

1,869 

 1,869 

(834) 

(834) 

81 
 (58) 
 12,345 

81
(58)
 12,345 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   
 1,189 

 260 
 – 
 – 
 260 
 1,526 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   
 137 

 – 
(6,468) 
 60 
(6,408) 
 120,336 

 260 
(6,468)
 60 
(6,148) 
 123,188 

The notes on pages 84 to 127 form part of these financial statements. 

 *  

The impact of adopting IFRS 16 on 1 July 2019 is detailed in Note 1 of the Notes to the Financial Statements.

82

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   82

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:34

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Consolidated and Company Statements of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2020

Notes

29

Group

2020
£’000

Company

2019
£’000

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

23,231
(3,848)
19,383

 25,038
(3,476)
 21,562

12,958
(1,896)
11,062

 15,460
(1,808)
 13,652

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Tax paid
Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangibles
Purchase of investment property

Disposal of investment property
Purchase of available for sale investments
Net sale of financial assets at fair value through  
other comprehensive income
Proceeds from sale of other financial assets at fair value 
through Profit and Loss account
Property rental and similar income

Dividend income
Net withdrawal/(deposit) of short-term financial assets
Interest received
Net receipt/(issue) of loan notes
Net cash received from/(used) in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds from the issuance of ordinary shares
Purchase of own shares
Proceeds from loans
Repayment of borrowings
Settlement of lease liabilities
Payment of lease liabilities
Payment of lease interest
Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders
Net cash used in financing activities
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash
Net increase in cash in the year
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

(6,988)
212
(1,719)
–

–
(61)

–

387
92

187
7,903
322
1,156
1,491

260
–
192
(203)
(1,011)
(265)
(36)
(6,468)
(7,531)
272
13,615
30,807
44,422

(6,852)
 3,796
(2,417)
 –

 12
 –

 70

 –
 205

 225
(11,193)
 403
 2,575
(13,176)

 249
(117)
 –
(197)
–
 –
 –
(6,299)
(6,364)
 117
 2,139
 28,668
 30,807

(2,641)
182
(1,472)
(1,237)

–
(61)

–

387
386

4,368
7,903
492
(837)
7,470

260
–
–
–
–
(3)
–
(6,468)
(6,211)
126
12,447
24,771
37,218

27

The notes on pages 84 to 127 form part of these financial statements.

(2,726)
 306
(2,071)
(1,708)

 3,479
–

 70

–
 394

 4,204
(11,193)
 797
 1,356
(7,092)

 249
(117)
 –
 –
–
 –
 –
(6,299)
(6,167)
 45
 438
 24,333
 24,771

83

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   83

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:34

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2020

1 Accounting Policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements and company 
financial statements (the “financial statements”) are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all 
years presented, unless otherwise stated.

FW Thorpe Plc is incorporated in England and Wales. The Company is domiciled in the UK. The Company is a public 
limited company, limited by shares, which is listed on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM) of the London Stock 
Exchange. The address of its registered office is Merse Road, North Moons Moat, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 9HH, 
United Kingdom.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated and company financial statements of FW Thorpe Plc have been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006. The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, under the historical cost 
convention except for the financial instruments measured at fair value either through other comprehensive income or 
profit and loss per the provisions of IFRS9. 

The Group adopted for the first time IFRS 16 “Leases” for the year ended 30 June 2020. There are no other standards 
that are not yet effective that are expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or future reporting 
periods and on foreseeable future transactions. 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is the Company’s functional and 
presentation currency, rounded to the nearest thousand.

The preparation of financial information in conformity with the basis of preparation described above requires the use of 
certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying 
the Company’s and Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or 
areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial information, are disclosed in the 
critical accounting estimates and judgements section.

The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 from presenting the 
Company income statement.

Going concern
The directors confirm they are satisfied that the Group and Company have adequate resources, with £44.4m cash and 
£18.6m short term deposits, to continue in business for the foreseeable future factoring in the expected impact of 
Covid-19. They have also produced an analysis that demonstrates that the Group could cover its cash commitments 
even if there were zero sales over the following year from approving these accounts. For this reason, they continue to 
adopt the going concern basis in preparing the accounts.

Basis of consolidation
The financial statements for FW Thorpe Plc incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary 
undertakings. 

A subsidiary is a company controlled directly by the Group and all the subsidiaries are wholly owned by the Group. The 
Group achieves control over the subsidiaries by being able to influence financial and operating policies so as to obtain 
benefits from their activities.

Intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated in preparing consolidated financial statements.

Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies 
adopted by the Group.

The Group uses the acquisition method of accounting to account for business combinations. The consideration 
transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the 
equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability 
resulting from a contingent consideration agreement. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed on a business combination are measured initially 
at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an 
acquisition-by-acquisition basis either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the 
recognised amounts of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

84

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   84

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:34

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20201 Accounting Policies continued
Equity accounted investments and joint arrangements
Under IFRS 11, ‘Joint Arrangements’, investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint 
ventures. The classification depends on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor, rather than the legal 
structure of the joint arrangement. FW Thorpe Plc only has joint operations.

Joint operations
FW Thorpe Plc recognises its direct right to the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of joint operations and its 
share of any jointly held or incurred assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.

Equity accounted investments
Under the equity method of accounting, the investments are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to 
recognise the group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the investee in profit or loss, and the group’s 
share of movements in other comprehensive income of the investee in other comprehensive income. Dividends 
received or receivable from associates and joint ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of the 
investment. 

Where the Group’s share of losses in an equity-accounted investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity, 
including any other unsecured long-term receivables, the group does not recognise further losses, unless it has 
incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the other entity.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the group and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent 
of the group’s interest in these entities. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence 
of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of equity-accounted investees have been changed where 
necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Revenue recognition
The Group recognises revenue earned from contracts based on individual performance obligations using the five-step 
model. Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of the goods or services are transferred 
to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration the Group is entitled to in exchange for those goods or 
services, excluding VAT, trade discounts and rebates. 

The Group has generally concluded that it is the principal in its revenue arrangements. The amount of revenue is not 
considered to be reliably measurable until all contingencies relating to the sale have been resolved. The Group bases its 
estimates on historical results, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and the specifics 
of each arrangement. The normal credit terms are 30 to 90 days from delivery, or completion of the service provided.

Revenue from external customers is derived from the supply of light fittings and services to support the sale of these 
light fittings. These services include surveying, project management, installation and commissioning. The transaction 
price for both the light fittings and the service agreements are at fair value as if each of those services are provided 
individually.

Revenue Stream
Light fittings

Services

Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognised at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred 
to the customer, generally on delivery of the goods
Revenue is recognised over time when the service is performed

The Group considers whether there are other promises in the contract that are separate performance obligations to 
which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated (e.g. service agreements). In determining the transaction 
price for the sale of goods, the Group considers the effects of variable consideration, the existence of significant 
financing components, non-cash consideration, and consideration payable to the customer (if any). 

Interest income
Interest income is recognised on a time proportion basis using the effective interest method. When a receivable is 
impaired the Group reduces the carrying amount to its recoverable amount, being the estimated cash flow discounted 
at the original effective interest rate of the instrument, and continues unwinding the discount as interest income.

Interest on impaired loans is recognised using the original effective interest rate.

Dividend income
Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

85

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   85

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:35

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview1 Accounting Policies continued
Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision-maker. The chief operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing 
performance of the operating segments, is identified as the Group Board.

The Group is organised into ten operating segments based on the products and customer base in the lighting market. 
The largest businesses, on an ongoing basis, are Thorlux and Lightronics Participaties B.V. (which includes the business 
of Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V.) . The seven remaining operating segments have been aggregated into the “other 
companies” reportable segment based upon their size, comprising the entities Philip Payne Limited, Solite Europe 
Limited, Portland Lighting Limited, TRT Lighting Limited, Thorlux Lighting L.L.C., Thorlux Australasia Pty Limited and 
Thorlux Lighting GmbH.

Pension costs
The Group operates a hybrid defined benefit and defined contribution pension scheme. The Group’s hybrid pension 
scheme provides benefits to members based upon the following:

•  Service before 1 October 1995, benefits provided are defined benefit in nature (the ”pure“ defined benefit element);
•  Service after 1 October 1995, has two elements:

 − For members joining pre-1 October 1995, benefits provided are the maximum of their defined contribution 

pension and their defined benefit pension (the ”defined benefit underpin“ element);

 − For members joining post-1 October 1995, benefits provided are defined contribution in nature (the “pure 

defined contribution” element). 

The contributions of all three elements are paid into one pension scheme, where the contributions and assets are 
segregated and ring-fenced from each other. The assets of the scheme are invested and managed independently 
of the finances of the Group. Pension costs are assessed in accordance with the advice of an independent qualified 
actuary. Costs include the regular cost of providing benefits, which it is intended should remain at a substantially level 
percentage of current and expected future earnings of the employees covered. Variations from the regular pensions 
cost are spread evenly through the income over the remaining service lives of current employees. Contributions made 
to the defined benefit scheme are charged to the income statement in the period in which they are made.

The liability or surplus recognised in the statement of financial position in respect of defined benefit pension plans is 
the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the statement of financial position date less the fair value of plan 
assets, together with adjustments for unrecognised past-service costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated 
annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. In the defined benefit underpin element of 
the scheme the liabilities reflect the greater of the defined contribution or defined benefit liabilities.

For the defined benefit underpin element of the scheme each member is tested to see whether the pension on a 
defined contribution or defined benefit basis is higher. The liabilities shown in the pensions note are based on the 
greater of the two liabilities for each member, which in almost all cases is the defined benefit liability. For the service 
cost, again tests are performed to see which is the higher for each member out of the Company’s share of the defined 
contribution payments or the Company’s share of accruing benefits on a defined benefit basis. The higher of these two 
figures for each member is then used to give the total service cost; again the defined benefit cost is the higher for the 
vast majority of members.

The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows 
using interest rates of high quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be 
paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension liability.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or 
credited to equity in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

Past-service costs are recognised immediately in income, unless the changes to the pension plan are conditional on the 
employees remaining in service for a specified period of time (the vesting period). In this case, the past-service costs are 
amortised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

86

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   86

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:35

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20201 Accounting Policies continued
For defined contribution plans and pure defined contribution elements, the Group pays contributions to publicly or 
privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no 
further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as employee 
benefit expense in the income statement as they fall due, or as an accrued or prepaid expense. Prepaid contributions 
are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available. A defined 
benefit surplus is only recognised if it meets the following criteria: if the Group has an unconditional right to a refund; 
or if the Group can realise it at some point during the life of the plan or when the plan liabilities are settled. If the criteria 
are not met then a defined benefit surplus is not recognised.

Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currency are converted to sterling using the exchange rate applicable to the date of the 
transaction. Foreign currency gains and losses resulting from the settlement of foreign currency transactions at a 
different time are recognised in the income statement. Currency exchange differences arising from holding monetary 
assets or liabilities in a foreign currency are fair valued at the statement of financial position date in accordance with 
prevailing exchange rates and resulting gains or losses are recognised in the income statement.

Taxation
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the 
statement of financial position date in the countries where the Company’s subsidiaries operate and generate taxable 
income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable 
tax regulation is subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts 
expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the 
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the 
deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other 
than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. 
Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the 
statement of financial position date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or 
the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available 
against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures, 
except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that 
the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Dividend distribution
Final dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements 
in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Interim dividends are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements when approved by the directors.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses where 
applicable. Cost includes the original purchase price together with the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its 
working condition for its intended use.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to write down the cost less estimated residual value of all plant and 
equipment assets by equal instalments over their expected useful life. The rates generally applicable are:

Freehold land
Buildings
Plant and equipment

Nil 
2%–10% 
10%–50%

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, at each statement of financial position 
date. Assets are reviewed for impairment where there is an indication that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised 
within administrative expenses in the income statement.

87

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   87

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:35

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview1 Accounting Policies continued
Leases
IFRS 16 replaced IAS 17 ‘Leases’ and requires lessees to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all leases 
apart from short-term and low value leases. The Group adopted IFRS 16 on 1 July 2019 using the simplified transition 
approach and has therefore not disclosed comparative amounts.

On adoption of IFRS16, the Group recognised lease liabilities in relation to leases that had previously been classified 
as ‘operating leases’ under the principles of IAS17. The liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining 
lease payments using an appropriate incremental borrowing rate. The weighted average lease rate used was 5.5%.

Right-of-use assets have been measured on transition as if the new rules had always been applied with the difference 
to the lease liability value recognised as an adjustment to opening retained earnings at 1 July 2019.

The majority of leases in the Group have arisen from acquisition of companies as the Group usually purchases assets. 
Consequently, the adoption of IFRS 16 does not have a significant impact on the financial statements.

Financial Impact – Group
As reported in the Financial Statements for the year ended 30 June 2019 the Group had future aggregate minimum 
lease payments due under non-cancellable operating leases as follows:

Within one year
Within two to five years
Over five years

Land and 
buildings 
£’000
 311 
 1,061 
 293 
 1,665 

30 June 
2019  
Total  
£’000
 575 
 1,377 
 293 
 2,245 

Other 
£’000
 264 
 316 
 – 
 580 

The reconciliation of operating lease commitments disclosed at 30 June 2019 to lease liabilities recognised at 1 July 
2019 is as follows:

Lease liabilities recognised on adoption
Operating lease commitments disclosed as at 30 June 2019
Discounted using the borrowing rate
Less: short-term and low value leases recognised on a straight-line basis as expense
Lease liability recognised at 1 July 2019
Of which are:
Current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities

Right-of-use assets recognised at 1 July 2019
Properties
Equipment
Motor vehicles
Total right-of-use assets

Deferred Tax asset recognised at 1 July 2019
Lease modification in respect of terminated lease July 2019
NBV 1 July 2019
Lease creditor 1 July 2019

Overall adjustment to retained earnings as at 1 July 2019

88

£’000
(2,245)
 483 
 52 
(1,710)

(373)
(1,337)
(1,710)

1 July 2019 
£’000
 929 
 32 
 397 
 1,358 

 5 

(929) 
 1,011 
 82 
(265)

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   88

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:35

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20201 Accounting Policies continued
On adoption of IFRS 16, the property right-of-use asset for Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited was assessed to have a 
carrying value of £nil, resulting in an impairment of £250,000. This impairment is included in the opening adjustment to 
retained earnings. 

For the year ended 30 June 2020 the impact on the Income Statement is as follows:

Finance costs have increased by £36,000, depreciation by £228,000 and other operating costs reduced by £301,000 
resulting in an overall increase in profit before tax of £37,000.

Financial Impact – Company
Within the company,  adoption of IFRS 16 resulted in retained earnings brought forward increasing by £1,000 with no 
material impact on right-of-use asset and lease liabilities. 

Short term leases and low value assets
For these leases, payments made under them, are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the 
term of the lease.

Intangible assets
Development costs
The Group undertakes development activities on an ongoing basis. Part of these costs relate to projects where the 
benefit is received in the short term (less than one year) and part relates to longer term projects where the benefit is 
expected to be received for several years to come. Costs associated with the shorter term activities are expensed as 
and when they are incurred. Costs associated with the longer term projects are capitalised as an intangible asset and 
amortised over the expected life of the benefit at 33.33% per annum commencing when the asset is available for use 
within the business. Development costs are recognised as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:

It is technically feasible to complete the intangible asset so that it will be available for use;

• 
•  Management intends to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;
•  There is an ability to use or sell the intangible asset;
• 
•  Adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible 

It can be demonstrated how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;

asset are available; and

•  The expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development can be reliably measured. Other 

development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred. 

Development costs previously recognised as an expense are not recognised as an asset in a subsequent period.

The economic success for development activities is uncertain and carrying amounts are reviewed at each statement of 
financial position date for impairment in accordance with IAS 36.

Development assets are valued at cost less accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses.

Fishing rights
Fishing rights are stated at cost less accumulated impairment where applicable. The rights are not amortised, but 
assessed annually for impairment.

Goodwill
Goodwill is stated at cost less accumulated impairment where applicable. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost 
of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net assets of the acquired subsidiary undertaking at the 
date of acquisition. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate a potential impairment. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s 
carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those 
cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination 
in which the goodwill arose.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   89

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:35

89

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview1 Accounting Policies continued
Software costs
Software costs are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment where applicable. Amortisation 
is calculated on a straight-line basis to write down the cost less estimated residual value over its useful life. The 
amortisation rates are between 20% and 50% per annum.

Patent costs
Patents are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis to write 
down the cost less estimated residual value over its useful life. The amortisation rate is 20%.

Other intangible assets
An intangible asset acquired in a business combination is recognised at fair value to the extent it is probable that the 
expected future economic benefits attributable to the asset will flow to the Group and that its cost can be measured 
reliably. Intangible assets principally relate to brand names and technology which were valued discounting estimated 
future net cash flow from the asset. The cost of intangible assets is amortised through the income statement on a 
straight-line basis over their estimated economic life. The rates generally applicable are:

Technology
Brand name

14% 
14%–20% 

Investment properties
Investment properties are recognised at cost, and then subsequently cost less accumulated depreciation and (if 
applicable) any accumulated impairment losses. Freehold land is not depreciated.

In the Company accounts land and buildings (and integral fixtures and fittings) not occupied by the Company are 
included within investment property. 

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost less impairment. Cost includes directly attributable costs of investment. 

Financial Assets
(i) Classification 
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

• 
• 

those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or the income statement); and
those to be measured at amortised cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms 
of the cash flows. 

For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in the income statement or OCI. For 
investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Group has made an 
irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other 
comprehensive income (FVOCI). 

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

(ii) Recognition and derecognition
Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits 
to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial 
assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership.

90

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   90

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:35

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20201 Accounting Policies continued
(iii) Measurement 
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at 
fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial 
asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in the income statement. 

Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows 
are solely payment of principal and interest.

Debt instruments
Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group’s business model for managing the asset and the 
cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Group classifies its debt 
instruments: 

•  Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely 
payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. Interest income from these financial assets is 
included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is 
recognised directly in the income statement together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses 
are included in either administrative expenses, or finance costs in the income statement dependent on the type of 
asset impaired. 

•  FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ 
cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying 
amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign 
exchange gains and losses which are recognised in the income statement. When the financial asset is derecognised, 
the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognised in 
finance income or costs. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective 
interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in administrative expenses and impairment 
expenses are included in either administrative expenses, or finance costs in the income statement. 

•  FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a 
debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognised in the income statement in the period in 
which it arises.

Equity instruments
The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group’s management has elected 
to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair 
value gains and losses to the income statement following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such 
investments continue to be recognised in the income statement as finance income when the Group’s right to receive 
payments is established. 

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognised in the income statement as applicable. Impairment 
losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from 
other changes in fair value.

(iv) Impairment
The Group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried 
at amortised cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant 
increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime 
losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables, see accounting policy for trade receivables for 
further details.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   91

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:35

91

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview1 Accounting Policies continued
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out 
(FIFO) method.

The cost of finished goods and work in progress comprises raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs and related 
production overheads based on normal operating capacity. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the 
ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. Provision is made against the cost of 
slow-moving, obsolete and other stock lines based on the net realisable value. 

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and the Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring 
expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all trade receivables and contract assets. 

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics 
and the days past due. The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period 12 months 
up to the end of the relevant financial year, and the corresponding historical credit losses experienced within this 
period. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic 
factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables, as significant financial difficulties of the debtor, 
probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments. 
The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the amount of the loss is 
recognised in the income statement within “distribution costs”. When a trade receivable is uncollectable, it is written 
off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are 
credited against “distribution costs” in the income statement.

Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale
Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as assets held for sale when their carrying amount is to be 
recovered principally through a sale transaction and a sale is considered highly probable. They are stated at the lower 
of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell if their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a 
sale transaction rather than through continuing use and a sale is considered highly probable.

Short-term financial assets
Short-term financial assets are defined as cash term deposits with banks with an original term of three months and over.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash in hand, on demand deposits and short-term deposits with banks with 
an original term less than three months.

Current asset investments
Current asset investments are valued at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognised in the income statement.

Trade payables
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

92

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   92

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:35

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20201 Accounting Policies continued
Provisions
Provisions are recognised in the statement of financial position when a Group company has a present obligation (legal 
or constructive) as a result of a past event; it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will 
be required to settle the obligation; and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The amount 
recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the 
statement of financial position date.

If the effect is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that 
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. 
A provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, 
and the restructuring has either commenced or has been announced to those affected by it. In accordance with the 
Group’s published environmental policy and applicable legal requirements, a provision for site restoration in respect of 
contaminated land is recognised when land is contaminated.

A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract 
are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract.

Warranty
The Group provides for expected warranty costs covering both specific known warranty claims and calculating 
expected future warranty claims in order to estimate the expected costs that will arise in respect of products sold 
within the remaining warranty periods. The expected future warranty claims provision is calculated by assessing 
historical data, industry failure rates and the Group’s knowledge of products to determine the percentage of sales that 
should be provided for to cover future associated warranty costs.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The presentation of the annual financial statements in conformity with IFRS as adopted by the EU requires the Directors to 
make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various 
other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. 

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected. The key estimates and 
judgements used in the financial statements are as follows:

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   93

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:35

93

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview1 Accounting Policies continued

Estimates

Goodwill/Investment in subsidiaries
The Group and the Company undertake impairment reviews for cash generating units (CGU) at least 
annually to assess the carrying value of Goodwill/investment in subsidiaries and other intangible 
assets. These reviews apply either discounted cash flows forecast, including terminal values and 
growth factors if appropriate, or EBITDA multiples to the forecast financial performance of the CGU. 
Note 9 contains details of reviews that have been carried out. 

Warranty
The Group provides for expected warranty costs covering both specific known warranty claims 
and calculating expected future warranty claims in order to estimate the expected costs that will 
arise in respect of products sold within the remaining warranty periods. The usual warranty period 
provided is 5 years. The expected future warranty claims provision is calculated by assessing 
historical data, industry failure rates and the Group’s knowledge of products to determine the 
percentage of sales that should be provided for to cover future associated warranty costs. Note 
23 contains details of the warranty provision. If the failure rate assumption used in the provision 
calculation were to increase by 5%, then the resulting provision would be higher by £90,000.

Lightronics share appreciation rights
The Group has an obligation to purchase the share appreciation rights from the management 
and former shareholders of the Lightronics business. To calculate the expected share appreciation 
repurchase value the Group has considered the recent and budgeted future performance of the 
Lightronics business analysing forecasted EBITDA, revenue and costs upon which the obligation is 
based. This analysis is reviewed and updated each year and, if necessary, adjustments are made to 
ensure that the provision value reflects the best current estimate of settlement with movements 
recognised as a share based payment charge. If the forecast EBITDA assumption were to increase 
by 5%, the resulting deferred consideration would increase by £300,000. Notes 20 and 28 contain 
details of the share appreciation rights.

Famostar share appreciation rights
The Group has an obligation to purchase the share appreciation rights from the same rights 
holders as for the Lightronics business. To calculate the expected share appreciation repurchase 
value the Group has considered the recent and budgeted future performance of the Famostar 
business analysing forecasted EBITDA, revenue and costs upon which the obligation is based. This 
analysis is reviewed and updated each year and, if necessary, adjustments are made to ensure that 
the provision value reflects the best current estimate of settlement with movements recognised 
as a share based payment charge. If the forecast EBITDA assumption were to increase by 5%, the 
resulting deferred consideration would increase by £108,000. Notes 20 and 28 contain details of the 
share appreciation rights.

Retirement benefit obligations
The Group recognises its obligations to employee retirement benefits. The quantification of these 
obligations is subject to significant estimates and assumptions regarding life expectancy, discount 
and inflation rates and the rate of increase in pension payments. In making these assumptions 
the Group takes advice from an independent qualified actuary about which assumptions best 
reflect the nature of the Group’s obligations to employee retirement benefits. These assumptions 
are regularly reviewed by our actuaries Cartwright Benefit Consultants Ltd to ensure their 
appropriateness. Note 22 contains details of the retirement benefit obligations.

Taxation
The investments made by the Group in research and development have resulted in patents being 
granted for features that are incorporated in the products the Group sells. This enables the Group 
to  benefit from the patent box tax relief provided by the Government reducing the corporation tax 
liability. Note 6 contains details of the benefit received from patent box tax relief. 

Inter-company loan impairment
The Company provides for expected credit losses that may arise from under-performing loans to 
subsidiary companies. The expected credit loss is calculated by looking at historical performance 
and the Company’s knowledge of how the subsidiary is likely to perform in the future. Note 12 
contains details of inter-company loan impairments based on an expected credit loss assumption 
of 45%. If the expected credit loss assumption was to increase to 55% there would be an extra 
charge of £267,000 to the Company.

94

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   94

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:35

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20201 Accounting Policies continued

Judgements Warranty

The Group provides for expected warranty costs covering both specific known warranty claims 
and calculating expected future warranty claims. In determining this provision the Group uses its 
knowledge of its products in the application of failure rates for new products at the start of their 
warranty period.

Development costs
The Group undertakes development activities and the commercial viability of these activities is 
assessed on a continual basis; as such the Group assesses each new project to determine whether 
development costs incurred should be capitalised within intangible assets or recognised as 
an expense within administrative expenses. The Group determines this classification based on 
the future value of the work based on past experience of similar development projects and the 
feedback from the marketplace about future expectations for technological development. 

Lightronics share appreciation rights
The Group has an obligation to purchase the share appreciation rights from the management 
and former shareholders of the Lightronics business over the period to 2021. In determining the 
expected purchase price the Group has assumed the repurchase will be made in 2021 thereby 
assessing the expected purchase price at this date.

Famostar share appreciation rights
The Group has an obligation to purchase the share appreciation rights from the management 
and former shareholders of the Lightronics business over the period to 2021. In determining the 
expected purchase price the Group has assumed the repurchase will be made in 2021 thereby 
assessing the expected purchase price at this date.

Retirement benefit obligations
The Group recognises its obligations to employee retirement benefits. Where the fair value of the 
pension plan assets exceeds the present value of the defined benefit obligation the Group consider 
the amount which can be recognised as an asset within the statement of financial position in 
line with the requirements of IAS 19. A defined benefit surplus is only recognised if it meets the 
following criteria: if the Group has an unconditional right to a refund; or if the Group can realise it 
at some point during the life of the plan or when the plan liabilities are settled. As these criteria are 
not met the Group has decided not to recognise a net retirement benefit asset.

Inter-company loan impairment
The Company recognises expected credit losses that may arise from under-performing loans to 
subsidiary companies based on its expectations of when these loans will be settled. 

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   95

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:35

95

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview1 Accounting Policies continued
Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, commodity price 
risk and security price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses 
on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial 
performance. The Group may use derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.

(a) Market risk
(i) Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, 
primarily with respect to the euro, US dollar, Australian dollar and Arab Emirate dirham. Foreign exchange risk arises 
from future commercial transactions denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency as well as 
bank account balances, trade and other receivables as well as trade and other payables denominated in currencies 
other than sterling and net investments in foreign operations. The Group has carried out an exercise to evaluate the 
effect of a movement of 1% in each currency other than sterling, and the results are not significant. The risk is managed 
by maintaining relatively low currency balances and selling or buying currency when required.

(ii) Price risk
The Group is exposed to equity securities price risk because of investments held by the Group and classified on the 
consolidated statement of financial position either as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 
or at fair value through profit or loss.

The Group has investments in UK listed securities of other entities and these are publicly traded on the London Stock 
Exchange. The nature of the list of investments held means the investments can go up and down in value.

The Group holds money market funds which are designated at short term investments and also a range of quoted 
securities which are designated as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income. Management 
has performed an analysis and do not believe there to be a material sensitivity to changes in underlying price indices 
arising from these holdings.

(iii) Commodity price risk
The Group has an exposure to the risk of commodity price changes, in particular, metals. The Group seeks to minimise 
the risk by agreeing prices with major suppliers in advance.

(iv) Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk because it has cash investments and short-term financial assets which are 
mostly interest-bearing. The effect of a reduction in interest rates is to reduce financial income. The Group has no 
exposure to the risk of increased interest cost other than pension scheme interest cost.

(b) Credit risk
Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial 
instruments and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to wholesale and retail 
customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. For banks and financial institutions, only 
independently rated parties with a minimum Fitch rating of F1 are accepted. If wholesale customers are independently 
rated, these ratings are used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, risk control assesses the credit quality of 
the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are 
set based on internal or external ratings in accordance with limits set by the Board. The utilisation of credit limits is 
regularly monitored. 

(c) Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities and the ability to 
close out market positions. Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve, which comprises 
cash and cash equivalents together with short-term financial assets (note 18) on the basis of expected cash flow. All 
external current liabilities are expected to mature within four months.

96

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   96

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:36

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20201 Accounting Policies continued
Capital risk management
The Group’s policy has been to maintain a strong capital basis in order to maintain investor, customer, creditor and 
market confidence. This sustains future development of the business, safeguarding the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, 
return capital to shareholders or issue new shares. From time to time the Group purchases its own shares in the market; 
the timing of these purchases is dependent on market prices, to ensure such transactions are sufficiently beneficial for 
the Company, its earnings per share and returns to investors. The Group continues to seek to maintain the balance of 
these returns, while strengthening the reserves and equity position of the Company, via continued profitability and 
structured growth.

The Group has a long-standing policy not to utilise debt within the business, providing a robust capital structure even 
within the toughest economic conditions. The Group’s significant cash resources allow such a position, but also require 
close management to ensure that sufficient returns are being generated from these resources. The Group’s policy with 
regard to the cash resources is to ensure they generate sufficient returns, whether by investment in business activities, 
such as plant and equipment, or assessing suitable opportunities to grow the business, or the physical investment of 
these funds to ensure appropriate returns to investors.

The Group is able to maintain its current capital structure because there are no externally imposed capital 
requirements, and there were no changes in the Group’s approach to capital management during the year.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern 
in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, and to maintain an optimal capital 
structure to reduce the cost of capital.

Fair value estimation
Financial instruments
Financial instruments that are measured at fair value are disclosed in the consolidated financial statements in 
accordance with the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

i.  Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (level 1)
ii. 

 Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 
(that is, as prices), or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (level 2)

iii.  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (level 3)

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined by using valuation 
techniques.

These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as 
possible on entity specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the 
instrument is included in level 2.

Other assets and liabilities
The carrying value less impairment provision of trade receivables and payables are assumed to approximate their fair 
values. The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual 
cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, 
including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes), is deducted from the equity attributable to 
the Company’s equity holders until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such shares are subsequently reissued, 
any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax 
effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   97

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:36

97

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview1 Accounting Policies continued
Share based payments
Senior executives of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share based payments through the executive share 
ownership plan and other employees through a “SAYE” scheme. The fair value of the shares or share options granted is 
recognised over the vesting period to reflect the value of the employee services received. The charge relating to grants 
to employees of the Company is recognised as an expense in the profit and loss account.

The fair value of options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions, is calculated using 
established option pricing models. The probability of meeting non-market vesting conditions, which include 
profitability targets, is used to estimate the number of share options which are likely to vest.

Cash-settled share based payments
The Group has cash-settled share based payments for holders of share appreciation rights holders. A liability is 
recognised equal to the calculated future fair value as at the date of the statement of financial position.

2 Segmental Analysis
(a) Business segments
The segmental analysis is presented on the same basis as that used for internal reporting purposes. For internal 
reporting FW Thorpe is organised into ten operating segments based on the products and customer base in the 
lighting market – the largest business is Thorlux, which manufactures professional lighting systems for industrial, 
commercial and controls markets. The businesses in the Netherlands, Lightronics and Famostar, are material 
subsidiaries and disclosed separately as Netherlands companies.

The seven remaining operating segments have been aggregated into the “other companies” reportable segment based 
upon their size, comprising the entities Philip Payne Limited, Solite Europe Limited, Portland Lighting Limited, TRT 
Lighting Limited, Thorlux Lighting L.L.C., Thorlux Australasia Pty Limited, Thorlux Lighting GmbH.

FW Thorpe’s chief operating decision-maker (CODM) is the Group Board. The Group Board reviews the Group’s internal 
reporting in order to monitor and assess performance of the operating segments for the purpose of making decisions 
about resources to be allocated. Performance is evaluated based on a combination of revenue and operating profit. 
Assets and liabilities have not been segmented, which is consistent with the Group’s internal reporting.

Netherlands 
companies 
£’000

Other
companies
£’000

Inter-
segment
adjustments
£’000

Total
continuing
operations
£’000

31,340
234
 31,574 
4,125

16,387
4,021
 20,408 
1,412

–

(7,419) 
(7,419) 
645

Thorlux
£’000

65,615
3,164
 68,779 
10,150

62,304
3,551
 65,855 
 11,578 

31,059
372
 31,431 
 3,620 

17,280
3,567
 20,847 
 2,398 

–
(7,490) 
(7,490) 
 53 

 11,578 

 3,620 

 2,398 

 53 

 113,342 
 – 
 113,342 
16,332

(389) 
 15,943 

 110,643 
 – 
 110,643 
 17,649 
 1,917 
 19,566 
 3 
 19,569 

Year to 30 June 2020
Revenue to external customers
Revenue to other group companies
Total revenue
Operating profit
Net finance expense
Profit before income tax

Year to 30 June 2019 (restated)
Revenue to external customers
Revenue to other group companies
Total revenue
Operating profit (before disposal of property)
Profit on disposal of property
Operating profit
Net finance income
Profit before income tax

98

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   98

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:36

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20202 Segmental Analysis continued
Inter segment adjustments to operating profit consist of property rentals on premises owned by FW Thorpe Plc, 
adjustments to profit related to stocks held within the Group that were supplied by another segment and elimination 
of profit on transfer of assets between Group companies. The prior year segmental reporting has been restated to 
provide comparatives of the Netherlands companies together. 

(b)i Geographical analysis
The Group’s business segments operate in four main areas, the UK, the Netherlands, the rest of Europe and the rest of 
the World. The home country of the company, which is also the main operating company, is the UK.

UK
Netherlands
Rest of Europe
Rest of the World

2020
£’000
69,657
28,748
12,265
2,672
113,342

2019
£’000
68,706
28,227
11,185
2,525
110,643

(b)ii Geographical analysis by product types
The Group’s main business segments primary revenue stream is the sale of light fittings, with some ancillary services 
and commissioning supporting this revenue stream.

2020 (£'000)
UK
Netherlands
Rest of Europe
Rest of the World

2019 (£’000)
UK
Netherlands
Rest of Europe
Rest of the World

Light 
Fittings
66,733
28,748
12,231
2,671
110,383

Light  
Fittings
66,359
28,224
11,150
2,521
108,254

Services
2,924
–
34
1
2,959

Services
2,347
3
35
4
2,389

Total
69,657
28,748
12,265
2,672
113,342

Total
68,706
28,227
11,185
2,525
110,643

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   99

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:36

99

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview 
 
3 Operating Profit

Profit on sale of Property, Plant & Equipment
Depreciation of investment property
Depreciation of Property, Plant & Equipment 

 – owned property 
     – right-of-use assets
Operating lease rentals

– property
– other

Amortisation of intangible assets
Share appreciation rights (with associated share based payment charges)
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Research and development expenditure credit
Government grants
Currency gains in income statement

Services provided by the Company’s auditors
Fees payable to Company’s auditors for audit of financial statements
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and its associates for other services
Audit of Company’s subsidiaries
Other assurance services

2020
£’000
(118)
19

2,993
228

–
–
2,577
1,978
45,110
(249)
(192)
(461)

2020
£’000
210

 –
 –
210

2019
£’000
(2,116) 
 58 

 2,508 
–

 382 
388 
 2,456 
2,175
44,659
(292) 
–
(69) 

2019
£’000
 131 

 42 
 6 
179 

It is the Group’s practice to employ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on assignments additional to their statutory audit 
duties where their expertise and experience with the Group are important.

4 Employee Information
The average monthly number of employees employed by the Group (including executive directors) during the year is 
analysed below:

Average headcount
Production
Sales and distribution
Administration
Total average headcount

Employment costs of all employees  
(including executive directors)
Wages & salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs

Group

Company

2020
Number
293
184
211
688

2019
Number
 273 
 177 
 216 
666

2020
Number
178
107
145
430

2019
Number
 170 
 100 
 149 
419

Group

Company

2020
£’000
27,957
3,262
1,504
32,723

2019
£’000
 26,891 
 3,138 
 1,453 
 31,482 

2020
£’000
17,803
1,965
969
20,737

2019
£’000
 17,342 
 1,931 
 896 
 20,169 

Included in wages and salaries are £1,821,000 (2019: £1,652,000) of temporary employees costs.

Other pension costs include contributions to pension schemes and other employer’s pension related charges 
comprising life assurance of £80,000 (2019: £93,000), pension administration and professional charges of £119,000 (2019: 
£130,000) and private pension schemes amounting to £15,000 (2019: £15,000).

100

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   100

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:36

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20204 Employee Information continued
Contributions to the defined contribution section amounted to £258,000(2019: £251,000) and contributions to other 
schemes administered independently of the FW Thorpe pension schemes amounted to £849,000 (2019: £796,000).

Directors’ Emoluments
Aggregate emoluments
Contributions to money purchase schemes

Group

Company

2020
£’000
1,607
19
1,626

2019
£’000
 1,974 
 20 
 1,994 

2020
£’000
1,356
19
1,375

2019
£’000
 1,683 
 20 
 1,703 

At 30 June 2020 no retirement benefits were accruing to any director (2019: N/A) under the defined benefit scheme and 
to J E Thorpe (2019: J E Thorpe) under the defined contribution scheme. Additionally compensation payments for the 
loss of pension contributions totalling £245,000 (2019: £207,000) were made to 5 (2019: 5) directors.

Highest paid director
Total of emoluments and amounts receivable

Group

Company

2020
£’000
427

2019
£’000
442

2020
£’000
427

2019
£’000
442

Compensation payments for the loss of pension contributions for the highest paid director were £41,000 (2019: 
£146,000). 

The key management personnel are the Group Board directors.

Further details are provided in the directors’ remuneration report on pages 65 to 68.

5 Net Finance Income/Expense

Finance income
Current assets
Interest receivable
Non-current assets
Fair value adjustments on loans
Dividend income on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Net rental income
Loan interest
Gain on disposal of financial assets 

Finance cost
Current liabilities
Interest payable
Lease liability interest expense
Share appreciation rights distribution
Non-current assets
Loss on settlement of loan notes
Loan interest

Net finance (expense)/ income

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

 293 

 312 

 23 
 187 
 64 
 141 
 – 
 708 

 2 
 36 
 958 

 – 
 101 
 1,097 
(389) 

 – 
225 
 224 
 213 
 75 
 1,049 

 1 
– 
 922 

 9 
 114 
 1,046 
3

The share appreciation rights distribution are the dividends from Lightronics Participaties B.V. and Famostar Emergency 
Lighting B.V. due to the former management of Lightronics Participaties B.V.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   101

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:36

101

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview 
 
6 Income Tax Expense
Analysis of income tax expense in the year: 

Current tax
Current tax on profits for the year
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Total current tax
Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Total deferred tax
Income tax expense

2020
£’000

3,691
(981)
2,710

(81)
(81)
2,629

 2019
£’000

3,963
(609)
3,354

75
75
3,429

The tax assessed for the year is lower (2019: lower) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.00% (2019: 
19.00%). The differences are explained below:

Profit before income tax
Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by the standard rate in the UK of 19.00% (2019: 19.00%)
Effects of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Accelerated tax allowances and other timing differences
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Chargeable gains relief on disposal of property
Patent box relief
Foreign profit taxed at higher rate
Tax charge

2020
£’000
15,943
3,029

854
17
(981)
–
(643)
353
2,629

2019
£’000
19,569
3,718

881
55
(609)
(352)
(597)
333
3,429

The effective tax rate was 16.49% (2019: 17.52%). Adjustments in respect of prior years relates to refunds received for 
prudent assumptions on additional investment allowances and patent box relief in the tax calculations. 

The UK corporation tax rate of 19% (effective 1 April 2020) was substantively enacted on 17 March 2020, reversing the 
previously enacted reduction in the rate from 19% to 17%.

7 Earnings Per Share
Basic and diluted earnings per share for profit attributable to equity holders of the Company
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding ordinary shares purchased by the 
Company and held as treasury shares. 

Basic
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue
Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company (£’000)
Basic earnings per share (pence per share) total

2020
116,272,709
13,314
11.45

2019
116,060,378
16,140
13.91

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding ordinary shares purchased by the 
Company and held as treasury shares, plus the number of shares earnt for share options where performance conditions 
have been achieved.

Diluted
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (diluted)
Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company (£’000)
Diluted earnings per share (pence per share) total

2020
116,805,366
13,314
11.40

2019
116,689,595
16,140
13.83

102

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   102

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:36

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20208 Property, Plant and Equipment

Group

Freehold 
land and 
buildings
£’000

Plant and
equipment
£’000

Right-
of-use
assets
£’000

 19,720
 – 
19,720
3,709 
(31) 
 (17) 
 171 
 23,552

 3,712 
 – 
3,712
 662 
(31) 
 (2) 
 21 
 4,362 

 23,851 
 – 
23,851
4,016
(1,005) 
 17 
 54 
 26,933 

 14,506 
 – 
14,506
 2,331 
(911) 
 2 
 27 
 15,955 

 – 
 2,266 
2,266
 192 
(1,628) 
 – 
 26 
 856 

 – 
 908 
908
 228 
(699) 
– 
 13 
 450 

Total
£’000

 43,571 
 2,266 
45,837
 7,917 
(2,664) 
 – 
 251 
 51,341

 18,218 
 908 
19,126
 3,221 
(1,641) 
 – 
 61 
 20,767 

Company

Freehold 
land and 
buildings
£’000

Plant and
equipment
£’000

Right of 
use
assets
£’000

6,374 
 – 
6,374
110 
 – 
– 
 –
6,484 

 2,095 
 – 
2,095
150 
 – 
 – 
 –
2,245 

 18,304 
 – 
18,304
 2,531 
(479) 
– 
–
 20,356 

 11,398 
 – 
11,398
 1,623 
(406) 
 – 
–
 12,615 

 – 
 13 
13
–
(13) 
–
–
 – 

 – 
 9 
9
 4 
(13) 
–
–
 – 

Total
£’000

 24,678 
 13 
24,691
 2,641 
(492)
 –
–
 26,840 

 13,493 
 9 
13,502
 1,777
(419)
 –
 –
 14,860

 19,190 

 10,978 

 406 

 30,574

4,239 

 7,741 

 – 

 11,980

Cost
At 1 July 2019
Adoption of IFRS16
At 1 July (restated)
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
Currency translation
At 30 June 2020
Accumulated 
depreciation
At 1 July 2019
Adoption of IFRS16
At 1 July (restated)
Charge for the year
Disposals
Transfers
Currency translation
At 30 June 2020
Net book amount
At 30 June 2020

Freehold 
land and 
buildings
£’000

Group

Plant and
equipment
£’000

 18,676 
 3,176 
(2,199) 
 67 
 19,720 

 3,829 
 546 
(673) 
 10 
 3,712 

 21,328 
 3,616 
(1,116) 
 23 
 23,851 

 13,496 
 1,962 
(962) 
 10 
 14,506 

Freehold 
land and 
buildings
£’000

Company

Plant and
equipment
£’000

 6,260 
 114 
 – 
–
 6,374 

 1,958 
 137 
 – 
–
 2,095 

 16,286 
 2,553 
(535) 
–
 18,304 

 10,326 
 1,437 
(365) 
–
 11,398 

Total
£’000

 40,004 
 6,792 
(3,315) 
 90 
 43,571 

 17,325 
 2,508 
(1,635) 
 20 
 18,218 

Total
£’000

 22,546 
 2,667 
(535) 
–
 24,678 

 12,284 
 1,574 
(365) 
–
 13,493 

 16,008 

 9,345 

 25,353 

 4,279 

 6,906 

 11,185 

Cost
At 1 July 2018
Additions
Disposals
Currency translation
At 30 June 2019
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 July 2018
Charge for the year
Disposals
Currency translation
At 30 June 2019
Net book amount
At 30 June 2019

Freehold land which was not depreciated at 30 June 2020 amounted to £774,000 (2019: £769,000) (Group) and £500,000 
(2019: £500,000) (Company). 

103

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   103

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:37

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview9 Intangible Assets 

Group 2020
Cost
At 1 July 2019
Additions
Write-offs and transfers
Currency translation
At 30 June 2020
Accumulated 
amortisation
At 1 July 2019
Charge for the year
Write-offs and transfers
Currency translation
At 30 June 2020
Net book amount
At 30 June 2020

Goodwill
£’000

Development
costs
£’000

Technology
£’000

14,921
–
–
 195 
 15,116 

246
–
–
 2 
 248 

7,292
1,322
(1,275) 
 18 
 7,357 

3,441
1,715
(1,275) 
 21 
 3,902 

2,956
–
–
 44 
 3,000 

1,504
371
–
 33 
 1,908 

Brand 
name
£’000

1,304
–
–
 19 
 1,323 

801
162
–
 17 
 980 

Software
£’000

Patents
£’000

Fishing 
rights
£’000

Total
£’000

2,202
397
(26) 
–
 2,573 

1,178
329
(26) 
–
 1,481 

150
–
–
–
 150 

150
–
–
–
 150 

182  29,007 
 1,719 
(1,301) 
 276 
 182   29,701

–
–
–

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 7,320 
 2,577 
(1,301) 
 73 
 8,669 

 14,868 

 3,455 

 1,092 

 343 

 1,092 

 – 

 182   21,032 

Write-offs relate to development assets where no further economic benefits will be obtained.

Group 2019
Cost
At 1 July 2018
Additions
Write-offs and transfers
Currency translation
At 30 June 2019
Accumulated 
amortisation
At 1 July 2018
Charge for the year
Write-offs and transfers
Currency translation
At 30 June 2019
Net book amount
At 30 June 2019

Goodwill
£’000

Development
costs
£’000

Technology
£’000

14,786
–
–
 135 
 14,921 

249
–
–
(3) 
 246 

6,779
1,791
(1,293) 
 15 
 7,292 

3,062
1,662
(1,293) 
 10 
 3,441 

2,924
–
–
 32 
 2,956 

1,117
372
–
 15 
 1,504 

Brand 
name
£’000

1,291
–
–
 13 
 1,304 

599
193
–
 9 
 801 

Software
£’000

Patents
£’000

Fishing 
rights
£’000

Total
£’000

1,789
592
(178) 
(1) 
 2,202 

1,128
229
(178) 
(1) 
 1,178 

150
–
–
–
 150 

150
–
–
–
 150 

182  27,901 
 2,383 
(1,471) 
 194 
 29,007 

–
–
–
 182 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 6,305 
 2,456 
(1,471) 
 30 
 7,320 

 14,675 

 3,851 

 1,452 

 503 

 1,024 

 – 

 182 

 21,687 

Amortisation and impairment of £2,577,000 (2019: £2,456,000) is included in the administrative expenses. Included 
in goodwill are amounts of £2,618,000 (2019: £2,618,000) arising from the acquisition of Portland Lighting Limited in 
2011, €7,784,000 (£7,091,000) (2019: €7,784,000 (£6,976,000)) arising from the acquisition of Lightronics Participaties 
B.V. in 2015 and €5,057,000 (£4,607,000) (2019: €5,057,000 (£4,532,000)) arising from the acquisition of Famostar 
Emergency Lighting B.V. in December 2017. This goodwill is not amortised. The goodwill for Lightronics, Famostar 
and Thorlux Australasia is revalued annually to the closing exchange rate, as it is denominated in euros and Australian 
dollars respectively, with the movement recorded in exchange differences on translation of foreign operations in the 
Statement of Changes in Equity.

104

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   104

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:37

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20209 Intangible Assets continued
The Group tests intangible assets annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications of impairment, for 
each relevant cash generating unit (CGU). CGUs in the Group comprise the entities FW Thorpe Plc, Lightronics Participaties 
B.V., Lightronics B.V., Philip Payne Limited, Solite Europe Limited, Portland Lighting Limited, TRT Lighting Limited, Thorlux 
Lighting L.L.C., Thorlux Australasia Pty Limited, Thorlux Lighting GmbH and Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V. 

For Portland Lighting Limited the value in use has been determined using cashflow projections covering a five year 
period with a terminal value all discounted at a rate of 6.3%. For prudence, no growth has been assumed from 2023. 
For an impairment to be required, the discount rate would need to exceed 11.77% (Group) and 9.27% (Company: 
investments in subsidiaries). 

For the other CGUs an EBITDA analysis is computed to compare against the net carrying value of the goodwill and other 
intangible assets for each CGU as appropriate. A multiple based on a six times EBITDA, that we consider a reasonable 
multiple for the sector, is used in these computations, except for Famostar B.V. where an EBITDA multiple of five and  a 
half has been used.

Due to the timing of the acquisitions that gave rise to the majority of our goodwill held, our assessment also considers 
business performance and likely net realisable value, which must be assessed as part of settlement of related share 
appreciation rights. At expected levels of EBITDA we consider that our goodwill is fully recoverable with headroom 
on the Lightronics and Famostar CGUs of £16m in the Group and £7m in the Company (investments in subsidiaries, 
financial assets at amortised cost and amounts due from group companies). 

Company 2020
Cost
At 1 July 2019
Additions
Write-offs and transfers
At 30 June 2020
Accumulated amortisation
At 1 July 2019
Charge for the year

Write-offs and transfers
At 30 June 2020
Net book amount
At 30 June 2020

Development
costs
£’000

Software
£’000

Patents
£’000

Fishing 
rights
£’000

 5,275 
 1,081 
(1,275) 
 5,081 

 2,258 
 1,279 

(1,275) 
 2,262 

 2,183 
 391 
 – 
 2,574 

 1,190 
 311 

 – 
 1,501 

 150 
 – 
 – 
 150 

 150 
 – 

 – 
 150 

 182 
 – 
 – 
 182 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

Total
£’000

 7,790 
 1,472 
(1,275) 
 7,987 

 3,598 
 1,590 

(1,275) 
 3,913 

 2,819 

 1,073 

 – 

 182 

 4,074

Write-offs relate to development assets where no further economic benefits will be obtained.

Company 2019
Cost
At 1 July 2018
Additions
Write-offs and transfers
At 30 June 2019
Accumulated amortisation
At 1 July 2018
Charge for the year
Write-offs and transfers
At 30 June 2019
Net book amount
At 30 June 2019

Development
costs
£’000

Software
£’000

Patents
£’000

Fishing 
rights
£’000

 5,098 
 1,470 
(1,293) 
 5,275 

 2,295 
 1,256 
(1,293) 
 2,258 

 1,601 
 583 
(1) 
 2,183 

 985 
 206 
(1) 
 1,190 

 150 
 – 
 – 
 150 

 150 
 – 
 – 
 150 

 182 
 – 
 – 
 182 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

Total
£’000

 7,031 
 2,053 
(1,294) 
 7,790 

 3,430 
 1,462 
(1,294) 
 3,598 

 3,017 

 993 

 – 

 182 

 4,192 

105

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   105

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:37

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview9 Intangible Assets continued
For development costs, the Group capitalises employee costs and directly attributable material costs necessary to 
design, construct and test new and improved product ranges and technology. These costs are only capitalised where 
they meet all the criteria set out in IAS 38.

Where development costs relate to products or technologies that are not expected to generate future economic 
benefits, do not meet the requirements of IAS 38 or relate to research, they are charged to the income statement.

10 Investments in Subsidiaries
The cost of investment in subsidiaries is as follows:

Investment in subsidiaries – cost

The movement in the investment and provisions is as follows:

At 1 July 2019
At 30 June 2020

Company

2020
£’000
14,581

2019
£’000
14,581

Costs 
£’000
14,581
14,581

Provision 
£’000
–
–

Impairment for investments in subsidiaries has been considered within the headroom shown in note 9.

11 Investment Property 

Cost
At 1 July
Additions
Disposals
At 30 June
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 July
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 30 June
Net book amount
At 30 June

Group

Company

2020
£’000

2,259
–
–
2,259

253
19
–
272

2019
£’000

2,271
–
(12)
2,259

195
58
–
253

2020
£’000

10,211
1,237
–
11,448

1,080
238
–
1,318

2019
£’000

10,593
1,708
(2,090)
10,211

1,378
254
(552)
1,080

1,987

2,006

10,130

9,131

The following amounts have been recognised in the income statement:

Rental income
Direct operating expenses arising from investment  
properties that generate rental income

Group

Company

2020
£’000
142

2019
£’000
198

2020
£’000
408

2019
£’000
421

(98)

(95)

(316)

(270)

The investment property and land owned by the Group consists of property held for investment purposes, a property 
with land and fishing rights by the River Wye, and land designated for woodland in Monmouthshire. The associated 
fishing rights for the property by the River Wye are included in intangible assets. 

Investment property of £1,296,000 (2019: £1,296,000) is freehold land and therefore not depreciated; the property 
element includes accumulated depreciation of £272,000 (2019: £253,000) which relates to the property occupied by 
Mackwell Electronics Limited. This investment property has been independently valued and has a market value that is 
not materially higher than its cost.

106

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   106

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:37

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202011 Investment Property continued
An external fair value exercise of the land by the River Wye and the land in Monmouthshire was last undertaken in June 
2019 resulting in a valuation of £1.57m, which is greater than the carrying value of those specific investment properties. 
The directors’ valuation of this investment property for the year ended 30 June 2020 shows no material change.

The Company’s investment properties consist of land and buildings used by subsidiaries in their normal course 
of business. The Company receives rental income from the subsidiaries for the use of these premises and incurs 
amortisation costs. 

Each investment property generates rental income.

12  Financial Assets at Amortised Cost 
The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost only if both of the following criteria are met: 

• 
• 

the asset is held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows; and
the contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest. 

Financial assets at amortised cost include the following debt investments. The Group applied the expected credit risk 
model to calculate the impairment provision.

Mackwell Electronics Limited
Following the disposal of Mackwell Electronics Limited on 2 December 2011, the Group acquired loan notes of 
£2,000,000 as part of the consideration. £Nil was repaid during the year (2019: £100,000), leaving a balance due at 1% 
over the Bank of England base rate of £377,000 (2019: £377,000). 

This debt investment is considered to be underperforming, and therefore the impairment provision is determined 
as lifetime expected credit losses. As at the date of these financial statements, the Group and Company have made 
a provision of £177,000 (2019: £200,000) for these loan notes. A payment of £20,000 was received on 30 July 2020 
enabling a reduction in the provision of £23,000 (2019: £Nil).

During 2018, £1,500,000 in new loans were provided to Mr N Brangwin, a director and main shareholder in Mackwell 
Electronics Limited, making a total of £1,800,000, with interest payable at 4% over the Bank of England base rate. This 
loan is secured against Mr Brangwin’s shareholding in FW Thorpe Plc. No repayment was received during the year. 

This debt investment is considered to have a minimal risk of default due to the collateral that is held as security, and 
therefore the impairment provision is determined as 12 months expected credit losses. As at the date of these financial 
statements, no provision was recorded. 

Therefore the total balance due from Mackwell and its directors is £2,000,000 (2019: £1,977,000) after provisions.

Lightronics Participaties B.V.
Part of the acquisition of Lightronics Participaties B.V. included partial funding of the 35% share appreciation rights 
held by existing shareholders and management. During the year €367,000 was repaid and at the date of the financial 
statements, the loan notes balance was €nil (2019: €367,000) equating to £nil (2019: £328,000) at the end of year 
exchange rate.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   107

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:37

107

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview12  Financial Assets at Amortised Cost continued
Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V.
Part of the acquisition of Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V. included partial funding of the 35% share appreciation 
rights held by the existing rights holders in Lightronics Participaties B.V. This was achieved by the issue of a loan of 
€1,640,000. During the year €941,000 was repaid and at the date of the financial statements, the loan notes balance was 
€467,000 (2019: €1,408,000) equating to £425,000 (2019: £1,262,000) at the end of year exchange rate. The loan notes are 
repayable on or before 30 June 2021 and attract an interest rate of 5%. 

This debt investment has shown no significant increase in credit risk since the inception of the loan, and therefore the 
impairment provision is determined as 12 months expected credit losses. As at the date of these financial statements, 
no provision was recorded.

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in respect of financial assets at amortised cost from Famostar and 
Lightronics is £425,000 which represents their carrying value at 30 June 2020. Of this balance, the Group exposure to 
credit risk on these receivables is £425,000. 

We assess the credit risk of our loan note receivables, based on the creditworthiness of the counterparty, history of 
repayment and security in place, and where required provisions are made.

At 1 July
Issued
Repaid
Fair value adjustment
Exchange rate movement
At 30 June

Analysis of total financial assets at amortised cost  

Non-current loans and receivables
Current loans and receivables

Group

Company

2020
£’000
3,567
–
(1,136)
23
(29)
2,425

2019
£’000
6,139
–
(2,583)
–
11
3,567

2020
£’000
12,115
2,283
(1,484)
(114)
163
12,963

Group

Company

2020
£’000
1,800
625
2,425

2019
£’000
3,567
–
3,567

2020
£’000
12,338
625
12,963

2019
£’000
13,482
1,632
(2,988)
(124)
113
12,115

2019
£’000
12,115
–
12,115

The £2,283,000 loan issued by the Company was to Lightronics Participaties B.V. for the purchase of the property 
occupied by Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V..

The debt investment to Lightronics Participaties B.V. of €10,626,000 (£9,680,000) has shown no significant increase in 
credit risk since the inception of the loan, and therefore the impairment provision is determined as 12 months expected 
credit losses. As at the date of these financial statements, no provision was recorded.

The debt investment to Thorlux Lighting L.L.C. of £1,118,000 is considered to be underperforming and therefore the 
impairment provision is determined as lifetime expected credit losses. As at the date of these financial statements, the 
Company has made a provision of £261,000 (2019: £124,000) for these loan notes based on an expected credit loss of 45%.

108

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   108

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:38

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202013 Equity Accounted Investments and Joint Arrangements
The Group has a joint operation in the United Arab Emirates. Thorlux Lighting L.L.C. is registered in the United Arab 
Emirates and operates from a sales office in Abu Dhabi. The Group has applied the proportionate consolidation 
method of accounting to recognise this interest. Additions of £nil (2019: £nil) reflects the 49% of the share capital the 
Company owns of this joint operation.

The Group invested €1,200,000 for 40% of the share capital of Luxintec S.L., a company based in Spain, in 2016. In the 
year, this has been reclassified to financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income as the Group is not 
able to assert influence over the management of this investment.

The Group assesses on a forward looking basis the associated expected credit losses and the impairment methodology 
applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk, as allowed under IFRS 9. As at the date 
of these financial statements, no provision was recorded for the Group.

Group

Company

At 1 July
Reclassification to financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income
At 30 June

2020
£’000
936

(936)
–

2019
£’000
936

–
936

14  Financial Assets at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income 

Group and Company
Beginning of year
Net additions
Loss on disposal
Reclassification from equity accounted investments and joint arrangements
Reclassification to trade and other receivables
Revaluation

2020
£’000
936

(936)
–

30 June  
2020
£’000
3,683
61
–
936
(74)
(834)
3,772

2019
£’000
968

(32)
936

30 June  
2019
£’000
3,820
75
(70)
–
–
(142)
3,683

Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on the trade date – the date on which the Group 
commits to purchase or sell the asset. Investments are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs for all 
financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights 
to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred 
substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income are 
subsequently carried at fair value.

An impairment of £407,000 (2019: £nil) is included in the revaluation amount of £834,000 for the investment in Luxintec 
S.L. based on the fair value assessment of this investment.

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income comprise:

i) Listed equity in the UK, and are denominated in UK pounds. None of these assets is either past due or impaired; and

ii) The investment in Luxintec S.L. that has been reclassified from equity accounted investments in the year.

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting year whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a 
group of financial assets is impaired. For equity investments classified as financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is evidence 
that the assets are impaired. If any such evidence exists for financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive 
income, the cumulative loss – measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, 
less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognised in profit or loss – is removed from equity 
and recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement. Impairment losses recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the Consolidated Income Statement. 

109

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   109

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:38

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview15 Inventories 

Raw materials
Work in progress
Finished goods

Group

Company

2020
£’000
16,257
2,964
6,075
25,296

2019
£’000
 17,329 
 2,862 
 5,315 
25,506

2020
£’000
8,654
2,379
5,881
16,914

2019
£’000
 10,987 
 2,357 
 5,010 
18,354

The value of the inventory provision is £3,308,000 (2019: £3,006,000) for the Group and £1,702,000 (2019: £1,494,000) for 
the Company.

16 Trade and Other Receivables

Current
Trade receivables
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income
Amounts owed by subsidiaries
Total

Group

Company

2020
£’000
18,945
941
1,370
–
21,256

2019
£’000
19,427
734
1,341
–
21,502

2020
£’000
12,064
833
986
8,250
22,133

2019
£’000
11,406
538
1,035
7,615
20,594

Amounts owed by subsidiaries, except cash balances, are unsecured, interest free and have no fixed date for 
repayment. Amounts owed in relation to cash balances generate interest in line with the Group’s deposit facilities.

Trade receivables past due date not provided

Group

Company

2020
£’000
1,734

2019
£’000
1,303

2020
£’000
1,157

2019
£’000
548

A significant proportion of the amounts past due date were settled shortly after the end of the financial year, and taken 
together with the credit insurance policy and good credit history, the directors consider that there is no impairment 
and the trade receivables are therefore stated at their fair value, which equals their book value.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected 
loss allowance for all trade receivables and contract assets. A significant proportion of the trade receivables are insured. 
The policy covers 90% of the debt in the event of a claim for default, where the customer is in severe financial difficulty. 
No bad debt provision is made in respect of trade receivables from Government departments or agencies. There 
were no material changes to the value of expected credit losses on adoption of IFRS 9. At 30 June 2020 the bad debt 
provision for the Group amounted to £154,000 (2019: £54,000) and for the Company £27,000 (2019: £2,000).

No provision is held against trade receivables that are not yet due, due to the good credit history and expected financial 
performance of customers and the overall exposure is considered low due to levels of credit insurance in place. Credit 
limits are reviewed at least every 6 months to assess and amend, where appropriate, the credit limit offered to 
customers.

Included in amounts owed by subsidiaries are provisions for expected credit losses for Thorlux Lighting L.L.C. of 
£442,000 (2019: £359,000) and Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited of £497,000 (2019: £418,000), based on an expected 
credit loss of 45%.

During the year the following amounts were written off (excluding amounts owed by subsidiaries): 

Bad debts written off
Bad debts recovered
Net bad debt expense

110

Group

Company

2020
£’000
47
(41)
6

2019
£’000
26
(21)
5

2020
£’000
41
(40)
1

2019
£’000
16
(11)
5

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   110

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:38

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202016 Trade and Other Receivables continued
At 30 June 2020, trade receivables were due to the Group and Company in the following currency denominations:

Due in £ sterling
Due in € euro
Due in UAE dirham
Due in Australian dollars
Due in $ United States dollars

Group

Company

2020
£’000
12,525
5,826
312
128
154
18,945

2019
£’000
 12,917 
 5,615 
 433 
 370 
 92 
19,427

2020
£’000
11,192
718
–
–
154
12,064

2019
£’000
 10,215 
 1,099 
 – 
 – 
 92 
11,406

The other assets within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned 
above. The Group does not hold any collateral as security. 

17 Other Financial Assets at Fair Value Through Profit and Loss
The Group and Company had units in a sterling cash fund. At 30 June 2020 this amounted to £nil (2019: £387,000).

Sterling cash fund

18 Short-term Financial Assets 

Group and Company
Beginning of year
Net (withdrawals)/ deposits

30 June 
2020
£’000
–

30 June 
2019
£’000
387

2020
£’000
26,483
(7,903)
18,580

2019
£’000
15,290
11,193
26,483

The short-term financial assets consist of term cash deposits in sterling with an original term in excess of three months. 

The banks where the deposits are held have a minimum rating of “A” by Fitch, with a specific rating of “F1” for short-
term funds. 

19 Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand

Group

Company

2020
£’000
44,422

2019
£’000
30,807

2020
£’000
37,218

2019
£’000
24,771

The banks where the funds are held have a minimum rating of “A” by Fitch, with a specific rating of “F1” for short-term funds.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   111

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:38

111

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview20 Trade and Other Payables 

Current liabilities
Trade payables
Contract liabilities
Other payables
Social security and other taxes
Accruals and deferred income
Amounts owed to subsidiaries

Non-current liabilities
Other payables

Group

Company

2020
£’000
9,069
414
16,948
2,447
7,307
–
36,185

2019
£’000
11,547
–
1,630
2,275
6,460
–
21,912

2020
£’000
6,018
414
12,826
1,236
5,085
2,385
27,964

2019
£’000
8,296
–
347
664
4,603
3,380
17,290

67
67

 12,804 
12,804

–
–

 10,242 
10,242

Amounts owed to subsidiaries, except cash balances, are unsecured, interest free and have no fixed date of repayment. 
Amounts owed in relation to cash balances generate interest in line with the Group’s deposit facilities.

Included within other payables in current liabilities is a commitment to purchase the outstanding share appreciation 
rights (deferred consideration) in the subsidiaries Lightronics Participaties B.V. and Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V. of 
£15,550,000 (2019 non-current £12,757,000), including a loan of £1,971,000 (2019 non-current: £2,139,000) from Spuiweg 
Holding B.V. For the Company, the commitment to purchase the outstanding share appreciation rights (deferred 
consideration) is £12,429,000 (2019: £10,242,000).

Non-current liabilities relates to post employment benefits at Thorlux Australasia Pty Limited and Thorlux Lighting L.L.C.

21 Lease liabilities
Right-of-use assets
As detailed in the accounting policies note the Group adopted IFRS 16 on 1 July 2019. 

At 1 July 2019
Additions*
Depreciation charge for the year
Lease termination
Currency translation
At 30 June 2020

* Additions comprise increases to right-of-use assets as a result of entering into new leases.

At 1 July 2019
Depreciation charge for the year
At 30 June 2020

Group

Property 
£’000
 929 
 – 
 – 
(929) 
 – 
 – 

Plant and 
Equipment 
£’000
 32 
 56 
(23) 
 – 
 2 
 67 

Motor 
vehicles 
£’000
 397 
 136 
(205) 
 – 
 11 
 339 

Company

Motor 
vehicles 
£’000
 4 
(4) 
 – 

Total 
£’000
 1,358 
 192 
(228) 
(929) 
 13 
 406 

Total 
£’000
 4 
(4) 
 – 

Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities recognised at 30 June 2020 total £637,000 of which £220,000 is due within one year and £417,000 due 
after more than one year. There are no options to either extend or terminate early lease agreements.

112

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   112

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:38

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202021 Lease liabilities continued
Maturity analysis
The timing of the payments due over the remaining lease term for these liabilities is as follows:

Within one year
More than one but less than five years
More than five years
Total due including interest

The total cash paid on these leases during the year was £301,000.

Expense relating to short-term leases 
Expense relating to low value leases

Total 
£’000
 251 
 444 
 11 
 706 

£’000
234
8

22 Pension Scheme 
The Group operates a funded hybrid pension scheme for employees in the UK. The scheme is approved by the Inland 
Revenue under Chapter 1 Part XIV of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988. Membership is contracted in to the 
second state pension. The basis of the Group’s hybrid pension scheme is to provide benefits to members based on the 
following:

•  For service prior to 1 October 1995, the benefits provided are defined benefit in nature.
•  For service from 1 October 1995, the benefits provided have two elements depending on the date that the member 

joined the pension scheme.

•  For members joining before 1 October 1995, benefits provided are the higher of their defined contribution pension 

and their defined benefit pension.

•  For members joining on or after 1 October 1995, benefits provided are defined contribution in nature.

The contributions of the pure defined contribution, the defined benefit underpin and pure defined benefit elements 
are paid into one pension scheme, where the contributions and assets are segregated and ring-fenced from each other.

For the defined benefit underpin element of the scheme, each member is tested to see whether the pension on a 
defined contribution or defined benefit basis is higher. The liabilities shown in the pensions note are based on the 
greater of the two liabilities for each member, which in almost all cases is the defined benefit liability. For the service 
cost, again, tests are performed to see which is the higher for each member out of the Company’s share of the defined 
contribution payments or the Company’s share of accruing benefits on a defined benefit basis. The higher of these two 
figures for each member is then used to give the total service cost; again the defined benefit cost is the higher for the 
vast majority of members.

The assets of the scheme are held separately from the assets of the Group, being invested in Managed Funds. 
Contributions by the Group to the scheme during the year ended 30 June 2020 amounted to £616,000 (2019: £606,000). 
Contributions are determined by an independent qualified actuary on the basis of triennial valuations using the Project 
Unit Method.

The date of the most recent actuarial valuation was 30 June 2018, and at that date the value of the fund was 
£39,556,000. This was sufficient to cover 102% of the value of the benefits accrued to members after allowing for future 
increases in earnings. In arriving at the actuarial valuation, the following assumptions were adopted:

Price inflation
Salary increases
Discount rate
Revaluation for deferred pensioners

3.40%
5.05%
2.60%
2.60%

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   113

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:38

113

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview22 Pension Scheme continued
The figures at 30 June 2018 have been updated as at the Statement of Financial Position dates in order to assess the 
additional disclosures required under IAS 19 as at 30 June 2020 by an independent qualified actuary using the following 
major assumptions:

Price inflation
Salary increases
Discount rate
Revaluation for deferred pensioners
Pension increases in payment of 5% pa or RPI if less
Pension increases in payment of 2.55% pa or RPI if less
Life expectancy at age 65 – men
Life expectancy at age 65 in 20 years – men
Life expectancy at age 65 – women
Life expectancy at age 65 in 20 years – women

2020
3.30%
3.30%
1.40%
2.30%
3.10%
2.10%
22.5 years
23.6 years
24.7 years
25.9 years

2019
3.50%
3.50%
2.10%
2.50%
3.30%
2.20%

2018
3.40%
3.40%
2.70%
2.40%
3.20%
2.10%

2017
3.50%
3.50%
2.60%
2.50%
3.30%
2.20%

2016
3.00%
3.00%
2.90%
2.00%
2.90%
2.00%
22.5 years 23.1 years 23.0 years 23.0 years
23.5 years 24.8 years 24.7 years 24.0 years
24.7 years 25.4 years 25.3 years 25.0 years
25.9 years 27.2 years 27.1 years 26.0 years

The Statement of Financial Position figures required under IAS 19 are as follows:

30 June 2020

30 June 2019

30 June 2018

30 June 2017

30 June 2016

Expected 
long-
term rate 
of return
% 

Value
£’000
1.4% 11,003
1.4% 29,549
1.4% 2,300

Expected 
long-
term rate 
of return
%

Value
£’000
2.70% 12,570
2.70% 26,618
2,387
2.70%

Expected 
long-
term rate 
of return
%

Value
£’000
2.70% 13,154
2.70% 24,769
1,665
2.70%

Expected 
long-
term rate 
of return
%

Value
£’000
2.60% 12,152
2.60% 25,859
413
2.60%

Expected 
long-
term rate 
of return
%

Value
£’000
2.90% 14,968
2.90% 19,311
1,237
2.90%

42,852

41,575

39,588

38,424

35,516

(42,583)

(39,437)

(37,259)

(37,710)

(33,731)

269

2,138

2,329

714

1,785

Equities
Bonds 
Other
Total market 
value of assets
Present value 
of scheme 
liabilities
Surplus in the 
scheme

Amounts recognised in Statement of Financial Position
The amounts recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are determined as follows:

Present value of funded obligations
Fair value of plan assets
Surplus in the scheme
Less restriction of surplus recognised in the Statement of Financial Position
Asset recognised in the Statement of Financial Position

2020
£’000
(42,583)
42,852
269
(269)
–

2019
£’000
(39,437)
41,575
2,138
(2,138)
–

114

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   114

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:38

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202022 Pension Scheme continued
Movement in defined benefit obligation
The movement in the defined benefit obligation over the year is as follows:

At 1 July
Current service cost
Interest cost
Contributions by plan participants
Actuarial loss
Benefits paid
At 30 June

Movement in the fair value of the plan assets
The movement in the fair value of the plan assets of the year is as follows:

At 1 July
Expected return in plan assets
Actuarial gains
Employer contributions
Employee contributions
Benefits paid
At 30 June

Amounts recognised in Income Statement
The amounts recognised in the Income Statement are as follows:

Current service cost

Actuarial loss recognised in Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets
Experience losses arising on the scheme liabilities
Changes in assumptions underlying the present value on the scheme liabilities
Net interest income
Restriction of decrease in pension scheme surplus
Actuarial loss recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income

Cumulative actuarial loss recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income at 1 July
Actuarial loss recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year
Cumulative actuarial loss recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income at 30 June

2020
£’000
(39,437) 
(446) 
(818) 
(328) 
(3,302) 
1,748 
(42,583) 

2020
£’000
41,575 
864 
1,217 
616 
328 
(1,748) 
42,852 

2020
£’000
446 

2020
£’000
1,217 
(171) 
(3,131) 
46 
1,869 
(170)

2020
£’000
(4,447) 
(2,039) 
(6,486)

2019
£’000
(37,259)
(423)
(992)
(298)
(2,195)
1,730
(39,437)

2019
£’000
39,588
1,058
1,755
606
298
(1,730)
41,575

2019
£’000
423

2019
£’000
1,755
(294)
(1,901)
66
191
(183)

2019
£’000
(4,073)
(374)
(4,447)

115

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   115

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:39

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview22 Pension Scheme continued
The restriction in the scheme surplus is excluded from the cumulative actuarial gain recognised in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. As a result of the most recent valuation, and in light of the non-recognition of the pension 
scheme surplus, the recovery plan liability of £189,000 (2019: £189,000) is included in Other Payables.

The expected return on plan assets is determined by considering the expected returns available on the assets 
underlying the current investment policy. Expected yields on fixed interest investments are based on gross redemption 
yields as at the Statement of Financial Position date. Expected returns on equity and property investments reflect long-
term real rates of return experienced in the respective markets.

The actual return on plan assets over the year ended 30 June 2020 was £2,081,000 (2019: £2,813,000) or 3.1% (2019: 
7.1%). The Group expects to pay £634,000 contributions (2019: £636,000) into the pension scheme during the 
forthcoming year.

History of experience gains and losses recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income 

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

£’000

% £’000

% £’000

% £’000

% £’000

%

Difference between the expected 
and actual return on scheme assets
Percentage of scheme assets
Experience (gain)/ loss  
on scheme liabilities
Percentage of the present  
value of scheme liabilities
Changes in assumptions  
underlying the present value 
 of the scheme liabilities
Percentage of the present value  
of scheme liabilities
Movement in recovery plan liability
Percentage of the present  
value of scheme liabilities
Net interest income
Percentage of the present  
value of scheme liabilities
Amount which has been  
recognised in the SOCI

1,217 

1,755

592

2,121

2,612

3% 

(171) 

(294)

0% 

4%

1%

1.5%

6%

214

(1,129)

(1,401)

(0.6%)

3%

(3,131) 

(1,901)

632

(2,254)

(2,609)

– 

46 

7% 

0% 

0% 

–

66

5%

0%

0%

–

21

(1.7%)

0%

0%

–

51

6%

0%

0%

–

113

(2,039) 

(374)

1,459

(1,211)

(1,285)

5% 

1%

4%

3%

7%

4%

8%

0%

0%

4%

Sensitivity analysis
The impact on the defined benefit obligation of changes in the significant assumptions is shown approximately below:

Assumption varied
As at 30 June 2020
Discount rate 0.5% p.a. higher
Increase in salaries 0.5% p.a. higher
Pension Increase (in payment and in deferment) 0.5% p.a. higher
Life expectancy one year longer

Defined 
Benefit 
Obligation 
£m
42.6
40.7
42.8
43.6
43.7

The figures assume that each assumption is changed independently of the others. Therefore, the disclosures are only a 
guide because the effect of changing more than one assumption is not cumulative.

116

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   116

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:39

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202023 Provisions for Liabilities and Charges 

At 1 July 2018
Additions
Utilisation
Currency translation
At 1 July 2019
Additions
Utilisation
Surplus

Currency translation
At 30 June 2020

Analysis of total provisions
Non-current
Total

WEEE 
provision
£’000
 102 
 – 
 – 
 – 
102
–
–
–

Group
Warranty  
provision
£’000
 2,062 
 399 
(176) 
 17 
2,302
559
(200)
(65)

–
102

23
2,619

Total
£’000
 2,164 
 399 
(176) 
 17 
2,404
559
(200)
(65)

23
2,721

WEEE  
provision
£’000
 102 
 – 
 – 
 – 
102
–
–
–

–
102

2019
£’000
2,404
2,404

Company
Warranty  
provision
£’000
 334 
 40 
(10) 
 – 
364
368
(39)
–

–
693

Company

2020
£’000
795
795

Total
£’000
 436 
 40 
(10) 
 – 
466
368
(39)
–

–
795

2019
£’000
466
466

Group

2020
£’000
2,721
2,721

WEEE provision
A potential liability exists for the future cost of disposal of products under the WEEE legislation for a transitional period 
between the adoption of the WEEE legislation in the European Union in August 2005 and the effective date in the UK of 
1 July 2007.

From 1 July 2007 the Group has followed Regulation 9 of the legislation and amended the terms of sale to its customers 
so that the customer is responsible for the actual costs of WEEE at the time of disposal.

Although the timescale of the utilisation of this provision cannot be predicted with certainty, it is expected that it will 
not be utilised before 30 June 2021.

Warranty provision
The usual warranty period provided by Group companies is 5 years and the provision for warranty is based on expected 
claims over the remaining warranty period. This is calculated in accordance with the accounting policy estimates 
section included in note 1. 

24 Deferred Income Tax
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax 
assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The offset 
amounts are as follows:

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liabilities

Group

Company

2020
£’000
–
(601)
(601)

2019
£’000
–
(699)
(699)

2020
£’000
–
(398)
(398)

2019
£’000
–
(493)
(493)

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   117

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:39

117

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview24 Deferred Income Tax continued
The net movement on the deferred income tax account is as follows:

Beginning of year
Adoption of IFRS 16
Income statement credit/(charge)
Tax credited directly to equity
Currency translation
End of year

Group

Company

2020
£’000

(699)
5
81
13
(1)
(601)

2019
£’000

(647)
–
(75)
24
(1)
(699)

2020
£’000

(493)
1
71
23
–
(398)

2019
£’000

(421)
–
(96)
24
–
(493)

The movement in Group deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration 
the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows: 

Deferred tax asset
At 1 July 2018
Charged to the income statement
At 1 July 2019
Charged to the income statement
At 30 June 2020

Deferred tax liabilities
At 1 July 2018
Charged/(credited) to the income statement
Credited directly to equity
Currency translation
At 1 July 2019
Adoption of IFRS 16
Charged/(credited) to the income statement
Credited directly to equity
Currency translation
At 30 June 2020

Accelerated tax 
depreciation 
£’000
76
75
–
(1)
150
–
107
13
–
270

Research & 
development 
£’000
654
12
–
2
668
–
(100)
69
1
638

Accelerated tax 
depreciation 
£'000
8
(8)
–
–
–

Fair value & 
other timing 
differences  
£’000
(75)
(20)
(24)
–
(119)
(5)
(88)
(95)
–
(307)

Total 
£'000
8
(8)
–
–
–

Total  
£’000
655
67
(24)
1
699
(5)
(81)
(13)
1
601

118

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   118

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:39

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202024 Deferred Income Tax continued
The movement in the Company deferred income tax liabilities during the year is as follows:

Deferred tax liabilities
At 1 July 2018
Charged/(credited) to the income statement
Credited directly to equity
At 1 July 2019
Adoption of IFRS 16
Charged/(credited) to the income statement
Credited directly to equity
At 30 June 2020

Accelerated tax 
depreciation 
£’000
35
77
–
112
–
58
13
183

Research & 
development 
£’000
462
39
–
501
–
(45)
59
515

Fair value & 
other timing 
differences 
£’000
(76)
(20)
(24)
(120)
(1)
(84)
(95)
(300)

The deferred income tax credited to equity during the year is as follows:

Deferred tax credited to equity
Tax on revaluation of financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income

25 Share Capital

Group

Company

2020
£’000

13
13

2019
£’000

24
24

2020
£’000

23
23

Total  
£’000
421
96
(24)
493
(1)
(71)
(23)
398

2019
£’000

24
24

Authorised, allotted and fully paid
118,935,590 ordinary shares of 1p each (2019: 118,935,590 ordinary shares of 1p each)

The ordinary shareholders each have one vote per share. 

Group and Company

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

1,189

1,189

Movements in treasury shares included in share capital
At 1 July
Shares issued from treasury
Shares repurchased
At 30 June

Group and Company

Group and Company

2020 
£’000
28
(2)
–
26

2020 
No. of 
shares
2,814,932
(209,839)
–
2,605,093

2019
£’000
30
(2) 
–
28

2019 
No. of 
shares
2,969,546
(200,614) 
 46,000 
2,814,932

There were no new shares issued during the year (2019: nil). 209,839 (2019: 200,614) shares were issued from treasury 
for the exercise of share options, of which the Company repurchased nil (2019: 46,000). There are 1,044,482 (2019: 
1,606,711) share options outstanding at the year end.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   119

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:39

119

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview26 Other Reserves 

Share premium account
Capital redemption reserves
Foreign currency translation reserve

27 Dividends
Dividends paid during the year are outlined in the tables below:

Dividends paid (pence per share)
Final dividend
Interim dividend
Total

Group

Company

2020
£’000
1,526
137
2,764
4,427

2019
£’000
1,266
137
2,535
3,938

2020
£’000
1,526
137
–
1,663

2020
4.10
1.46
5.56

2019
£’000
1,266
137
–
1,403

2019
4.00
1.43
5.43

A final dividend in respect of the year ended 30 June 2020 of 4.20p per share, amounting to £4,886,000 (2019: 
£4,763,000) is to be proposed at the Annual General Meeting on 19 November 2020 and, if approved, will be paid on 
26 November 2020 to shareholders on the register on 30 October 2020. The ex-dividend date is 29 October 2020. These 
financial statements do not reflect this dividend payable.

Dividends proposed (pence per share)
Final dividend

Dividends paid
Final dividend
Interim dividend

Total

Dividends proposed
Final dividend

2020
4.20

2020
£’000
4,770
1,698

6,468

2020
£’000
4,886

2019
4.10

2019
£’000
4,639
1,660

6,299

2019
£’000
4,763

28 Share Based Payment Charge
Equity settled scheme
The Group operates a share based remuneration scheme, created to motivate and retain those employees responsible 
for the continued success of the Group.

The Executive Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) allows for the vesting of options subject to the achievement of 
performance targets, being annual growth of pre-tax Earnings per Share in excess of RPI plus 3% over a five-year 
period. The Group also operates a Save As You Earn (SAYE) scheme for UK based employees that matures in October 
2021. Rather than issue new shares, the Company will utilise shares that are already held in treasury to satisfy options.

Under IFRS 2, an expense is recognised in the income statement for share based payments, calculated on the fair value 
at the grant date. The application of IFRS 2 gave rise to a charge of £60,000 (2019: £86,000) for the year.

At 30 June 2020, there were 310,322 options exercisable (2019: 190,161) under the ESOP or SAYE schemes.

120

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   120

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:39

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202028 Share Based Payment Charge continued
a) Details of changes in the number of awards outstanding during the year are set out below:

Outstanding at 1 July 2019
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Outstanding at 30 June 2020

ESOP Scheme

SAYE Scheme

Total

Exercise 
price 
(p/s)
124
124
–
124

Options
426,550
–
(22,390)
404,160

Exercise 
price 
(p/s)
209
–
–
209

Options
1,606,711
(209,839)
(352,390)
1,044,482

Options
1,180,161
(209,839)
(330,000)
640,322

The weighted average contractual life of the share based payments outstanding at the end of the year is 4.3 years for 
the ESOP scheme and 1.8 years for the SAYE scheme.

b) Fair value calculations
The fair value of the share options granted during the year were calculated using the methods, principal assumptions 
and data set out below:

Method used
Date of grant
Share price at date of grant (p/s)
Exercise price (p/s)
Expected option life (years)
Vesting period (years)
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield
Risk free rate
Fair value per share (p/s)

ESOP Scheme
Black–Scholes
24 October 2014
124
124
3 – 7
3 – 7
23% – 28%
3.02%
1.06% – 1.90%
18.61 – 21.07

SAYE Scheme
Black–Scholes
15 July 2016
233
209
5
5
27%
1.90%
0.91%
54.84

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the annualised standard deviation over the daily changes in the 
share price, and measured against historical share price movements over the number of years vesting period prior to 
the grant of the options.

Cash-settled share based payment charge
Arising from the acquisition of Lightronics Participaties B.V. and Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V., the Group entered 
into a cash-settled share based payment arrangement with certain employees of Lightronics Participaties B.V. 
Under this arrangement, the Group is committed to purchase the 43% of the share appreciation rights held by these 
employees, between the third and sixth anniversaries of the acquisition, calculated by a pre-determined earnings 
multiple used to value the initial investment.

Under IFRS 2, an expense is recognised in the income statement for share based payments, calculated on the fair value 
at the settlement date. The application of IFRS 2 gave rise to a charge of £1,151,000 (2019: £790,000) for the year. The 
total liability at 30 June 2020 was £2,752,000 (2019: £1,601,000).

The fair value of the share based payment (being calculated by estimating the additional payment due to the relevant 
employees), was reviewed during the year based on current performance. This review resulted in an annual increase in 
the share based payment charge of £317,000 (2019: £343,000). 

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   121

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:39

121

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview29 Cash Generated from Operations 

Cash generated from continuing operations
Profit before income tax
Depreciation charge
Depreciation of investment property
Amortisation of intangibles
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Profit on disposal of investment property
Net finance expense/(income)
Retirement benefit contributions in excess of current  
and past service charge
Impairment of equity accounted investments
Share based payment charge
Research and development expenditure credit
Effects of exchange rate movements
Changes in working capital
– Inventories
– Trade and other receivables
– Payables and provisions
Total cash generated from operations

Group

Company

2020
£’000
15,943
3,221
19
2,577
(118)
–
389

(170)

–
1,211
(249)
(219)

238
571
(182)
23,231

2019
£’000
 19,569 
 2,508 
 58 
 2,456 
(2,116) 
– 
(3) 

(183) 

 – 
 855 
(292) 
(48) 

(4,025) 
 2,428 
 3,831 
 25,038 

2020
£’000
14,117
1,777
238
1,590
(109)
–
(4,961)

(170)

–
1,211
(174)
(81)

1,439
(1,358)
(561)
12,958

2019
£’000
 17,544 
 1,574 
 254 
 1,462 
(137) 
(1,942)
(5,650) 

(183) 

 32 
 855 
(215) 
(30) 

(4,230) 
 1,426 
 4,700 
 15,460 

30 Capital commitments
Capital expenditure contracted for at the statement of financial position date but not yet incurred is as follows:

Property, plant and equipment

Group

Company

2020
£’000
46

2019
£’000
918

2020
£’000
45

2019
£’000
635

122

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   122

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:39

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202031 Financial Instruments by Category
All financial instruments measured at fair value are categorised as level 2 in the fair value measurement hierarchy, 
whereby the fair value is determined by using valuation techniques, except for £3,243,000 (2019: £4,070,000) of fixed 
rate listed investments included in financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other 
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss that are classified as level 1. The valuation techniques for level 2 
instruments use observable market data where it is available, for example quoted market prices, and rely less on 
estimates.

The accounting policies for financial instruments have been applied to the line items below: 

Group
30 June 2020
Assets as per statement of financial position
Financial assets at amortised cost
Financial assets at fair value through Other 
Comprehensive Income
Trade and other receivables

Short-term financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total

Group
30 June 2019
Assets as per statement of financial position
Financial assets at amortised cost
Financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income
Financial assets at fair value through  
the profit and loss
Trade and other receivables
Short-term financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total

Financial assets 
at amortised 
cost
£’000

Financial assets 
at fair value 
through other 
comprehensive 
income 
£’000

Financial assets 
at fair value 
through the 
profit and loss
£’000

2,425

–

19,886

18,580
44,422
85,313

–

3,772

–

–
–
3,772

–

–

–

–
–
–

Financial assets 
at amortised 
cost
£’000

Financial assets 
at fair value 
through other 
comprehensive 
income 
£’000

Financial assets 
at fair value 
through  
the profit 
and loss
£’000

3,567

–

–

20,161
26,483
30,807
81,018

–

3,683

–

–
–
–
3,683

–

–

387

–
–
–
387

Total
£’000

2,425

3,772

19,886

18,580
44,422
89,085

Total
£’000

3,567

3,683

387

20,161
26,483
30,807
85,088

123

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   123

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:40

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview31 Financial Instruments by Category continued

Financial assets 
at amortised 
cost
£’000

Financial assets 
at fair value 
through other 
comprehensive 
income 
£’000

Financial assets 
at fair value 
through  
the profit 
and loss
£’000

12,963

–

21,147
18,580
37,218
89,908

–

3,772

–
–
–
3,772

–

–

–
–
–
–

Financial assets 
at amortised 
cost
£’000

Financial assets 
at fair value 
through other 
comprehensive 
income 
£’000

Financial assets 
at fair value 
through  
the profit 
and loss
£’000

12,115

–

–
19,559
26,483
24,771
82,928

–

3,683

–
–
–
–
3,683

–

–

387
–
–
–
387

Total
£’000

12,963

3,772

21,147
18,580
37,218
93,680

Total
£’000

12,115

3,683

387
19,559
26,483
24,771
86,998

Company
30 June 2020
Assets as per statement of financial position
Financial assets at amortised cost
Financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income
Trade and other receivables
Short-term financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total

Company
30 June 2019
Assets as per statement of financial position
Financial assets at amortised cost
Financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income
Financial assets at fair value through  
the profit and loss
Trade and other receivables
Short-term financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total

The above analysis excludes prepayments.

Liabilities as per statement of financial position
Trade and other payables (excluding statutory liabilities)
Deferred consideration
Post employment benefits
Lease liabilities

Group

Company

30 June 
2020 
£’000
18,188
15,550
67
637

30 June 
2019
£’000
19,634
12,757
47
–

30 June 
2020 
£’000
14,299
12,429
–
–

30 June 
2019
£’000
16,625
10,242
–
–

Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost. 
Contractual cash flows relating to current financial liabilities are all due within one year, and are equal to their carrying 
value. Included in other payables (deferred consideration) is an interest bearing loan, of which the principal amount 
of €2.2m (£2.0m) is due for repayment within one year. Interest is contractually due to be paid annually until maturity, 
and is estimated at current rates to be €110,000 (£100,000) per year. Furthermore liabilities arising to repurchase share 
appreciation rights are non-interest bearing are all due within one year.
The Group and Company did not have derivative financial instruments at 30 June 2020 or 30 June 2019. All assets and 
liabilities above are considered to be at fair value. 

124

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   124

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:40

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202032 Related Party Transactions
The following amounts relate to transactions between the Company and its related undertakings:

2020
Philip Payne Limited 
Solite Europe Limited
Portland Lighting Limited
TRT Lighting Limited
Thorlux Lighting L.L.C.
Lightronics Participaties B.V.
Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited
Thorlux Lighting GmbH
Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V.

2019
Philip Payne Limited 
Solite Europe Limited
Portland Lighting Limited
TRT Lighting Limited
Thorlux Lighting L.L.C.
Lightronics Participaties B.V.
Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited
Thorlux Lighting GmbH
Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V.

Purchases 
of goods 
£’000
648
537
–
2,028
–
125
–
–
–

Purchases 
of goods 
£’000
790
722
1
1,271
–
183
–
–
–

Sales 
of goods 
£’000
145
259
–
1,235
405
359
756
–
4

Sales 
of services 
£’000
86
178
67
223
–
–
–
–
–

Purchase 
of services 
£’000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
471
–

Sales 
of goods 
£’000
177
394
–
1,342
654
466
519
–
–

Sales 
of services 
£’000
80
178
26
192
–
–
–
–
–

Purchase 
of services 
£’000
–
–
–
10
–
–
–
–
–

Dividends 
paid to 
Company 
£’000
600
600
650
–
–
1,776
–
–
–

Dividends 
paid to 
Company 
£’000
500
500
850
–
–
2,330
–
–
–

Balances due to and from the Company by related entities were as follows:

Philip Payne Limited 
Solite Europe Limited
Portland Lighting Limited
TRT Lighting Limited
Thorlux Lighting L.L.C.
Lightronics Participaties B.V.
Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited
Thorlux Lighting GmbH
Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V.
Total

Amounts due to  
related party at 30 June
2019
£’000
(1,021)
(1,034)
(902)
(278)
–
(22)
–
(123)
–
(3,380)

2020
£’000
(639)
(773)
(400)
(465)
–
(16)
–
(92)
–
(2,385)

Amounts due from  
related party at 30 June
2019
£’000
39
78
8
1,474
305
4,191
1,480
–
40
7,615

2020
£’000
61
159
36
819
238
4,782
1,802
–
353
8,250

Trading balances arise from transactions of goods and services carried out under normal commercial terms. The Company 
has loan balances due from Lightronics Participaties B.V. of €10,626,000 (£9,680,000) (2019: €8,493,000 (£7,611,000) and 
Thorlux Lighting L.L.C. £1,118,000 (2019: £937,000). The Company has made provisions for receivables due from Thorlux 
Australasia PTY Limited of £497,000 and £703,000 due from Thorlux Lighting L.L.C. 

125

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   125

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:40

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness Overview32 Related Party Transactions continued
Cash resources are managed centrally by the Company and result in balances owed to and from the Company when 
cash is transferred.

The key management personnel are the Group Board directors; their interests are disclosed in the directors’ 
remuneration report on pages 65 to 68. There are 2 employees who are related parties (2019: 3). Total remuneration for 
the year was £93,000 (2019: £87,000).

The Company owns 40% of the share capital of Luxintec S.L., a company registered in Spain. During the year the 
Company sold goods to Luxintec S.L. amounting to £7,000 (2019: £6,000), purchased goods and services amounting to 
£453,000 (2019: £288,000). At the year end there were trade balances due to Luxintec S.L. of £60,000 (2019: £69,000) and 
£nil due from Luxintec S.L. (2019: £190).

33 Group Companies
The parent Company has the following investments as at 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019:

Proportion of nominal value  
of issued shares held by  
Group and Company

Name of undertaking
Compact Lighting Limited
Philip Payne Limited
Solite Europe Limited
Portland Lighting Limited
TRT Lighting Limited
Lightronics Participaties B.V.
Lightronics B.V.
Thorlux Lighting GmbH
Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited
Thorlux Lighting L.L.C.
Famostar Emergency Lighting 
B.V. (investment held by 
Lightronics Participaties B.V.)
Luxintec S.L.

Country of  
incorporation
England
England
England
England
England
Netherlands
Netherlands
Germany
Australia

Description of  
shares held
Ordinary £1 shares
Ordinary £1 shares
Ordinary £1 shares
Ordinary £1 shares
Ordinary £1 shares
Ordinary €0.01 shares
Ordinary €454 shares
Ordinary €1 shares
Ordinary $1 shares
United Arab Emirates Ordinary AED 1,000 shares

30 June  
2020
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
49%

Netherlands

Ordinary €100 shares

100%

Spain

Ordinary €1 shares

40%

30 June  
2019
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
49%

100%

40%

The registered office addresses of these Group companies are:

Compact Lighting Limited
Philip Payne Limited
Solite Europe Limited
Portland Lighting Limited
TRT Lighting Limited
Lightronics Participaties B.V.
Lightronics B.V. 
Thorlux Lighting GmbH
Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited
Thorlux Lighting L.L.C.

Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V.
Luxintec S.L. 

Merse Road, North Moons Moat, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 9HH, England
Merse Road, North Moons Moat, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 9HH, England
Merse Road, North Moons Moat, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 9HH, England
Merse Road, North Moons Moat, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 9HH, England
Merse Road, North Moons Moat, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 9HH, England
Spuiweg 19, 5145 NE Waalwijk, Netherlands
Spuiweg 19, 5145 NE Waalwijk, Netherlands
Bahnhofstrasse 72, 27404 Zeven, Germany
31 Cross Street, Brookvale, NSW 2100, Australia
Office No. 2, Ghantoot International Building, Plot No: M.14-26, Musaffah 
Industrial Area, PO Box 108168, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
Florijnweg 8 6883JP Velp, Netherlands
Polígono Industrial La Encomienda, C/ Atlas 12-14, 47195 Arroyo de la 
Encomienda, Valladolid, Spain

126

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   126

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:40

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2020Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202033 Group Companies continued
The principal activities of these Group companies are:

Compact Lighting Limited
Philip Payne Limited
Solite Europe Limited
Portland Lighting Limited
TRT Lighting Limited
Lightronics Participaties B.V.
Lightronics B.V. 
Thorlux Lighting GmbH
Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited
Thorlux Lighting L.L.C.
Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V.
Luxintec S.L. 

– non-trading entity
– design and manufacture of illuminated signs
– design and manufacture of clean room lighting equipment
– design and manufacture of lighting for signs
– design and manufacture of lighting for roads and tunnels 
– holding company
– design and manufacture of external and impact resistant lighting
– sales support function
– sale of lighting equipment to industrial and commercial markets
– sale of lighting equipment to industrial and commercial markets
– design and manufacture of illuminated signs
– design and manufacture of LED luminaires and lenses

For the year ended 30 June 2020, Compact Lighting Limited, Philip Payne Limited, Solite Europe Limited, Portland 
Lighting Limited and TRT Lighting Limited are exempt from the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 relating to 
the audit of individual financial statements by virtue of section 479A. As a result, the Group guarantees all outstanding 
liabilities to which the subsidiary company is subject. The Company registration number for Compact Lighting Limited 
is 02649528, for Philip Payne Limited it is 01361523, for Solite Europe Limited it is 02295852, for Portland Lighting 
Limited it is 02826511 and for TRT Lighting Limited it is 08092266.

34 Events after the Statement of Financial Position date
Subsequent to the date of the Statement of Financial Position and before the approval of these financial statements, 
the Group’s subsidiary company, Lightronics Participaties B.V., experienced a fire at its facility in the Netherlands. Details 
of this are included in the Chairman’s Statement on page 10.  The Group’s insurance policies will cover the costs from 
the disruption due to this fire and therefore no significant impact is expected on the Group’s financial statements.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   127

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:40

127

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewNotice of Meeting

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting of FW Thorpe Plc  will be held at Merse Road, North Moons 
Moat, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 9HH on 19 November 2020 at 3:15 pm to transact the business set out below.

The 2020 Annual General Meeting will be a closed meeting, in light of the UK Government’s restrictions on public 
gatherings, which are in place at the time of issuing this notice.  Shareholders will not be permitted entry to the 
meeting.

 To receive and adopt the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020.

Ordinary business
1. 
2.  To declare a final dividend.
3.  To re-elect Mr M Allcock as a director.
4.  To re-elect Mr A B Thorpe as a director.
5.  To re-elect Mr A M Cooper as a director.
6.  To re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors of the Company, to hold office until the conclusion of the 
next General Meeting at which accounts are laid before the Company and to authorise the directors to fix the 
auditors’ remuneration.

Special business
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following resolutions which will be proposed in the case of 7 as an ordinary 
resolution and in the case of 8 as a special resolution.

7.  That the directors’ remuneration report (as set out on pages 65 to 68 of the Annual Report and Accounts) for the 

year ended 30 June 2020 be approved.

8.  That the Company be generally and unconditionally authorised to make market purchases (within the meaning of 

section 693(4) of the Companies Act 2006) of ordinary shares of 1p each of the Company provided that:
a.  the maximum number of ordinary shares hereby authorised to be acquired is 11,893,559; 
b.  the minimum price which may be paid for any such share is 1p;
c.  the maximum price which may be paid for any such share is an amount equal to 105% of the average of the 
middle market quotations for an ordinary share in the Company as derived from the Alternative Investment 
Market for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which such share is contracted to be 
purchased;

d.  the authority hereby conferred shall expire on the date of the Annual General Meeting of the Company in 2021; 

and

e.  the Company may make a contract to purchase its ordinary shares under the authority hereby conferred prior 
to the expiry of such authority, which contract will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such 
authority, and may purchase its ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract.

Notes
1. 

In light of the UK Government’s restrictions on public gatherings, it has been confirmed that attendance at a 
general meeting by shareholders is not “essential for work purposes” and, accordingly, the meeting will be run as 
a closed meeting and shareholders, their proxies and other attendees will not be permitted to attend and will be 
refused entry.  Shareholders are kindly urged to vote by proxy, appointing the Chairman of the meeting as their 
proxy, rather than a named person who will not be permitted to attend the meeting.  

2.  Subject to the UK Government’s restrictions referred to above, copies of the directors’ service contracts will be 
available for inspection during usual business hours, at the registered office of the Company on any weekday 
(Saturdays and public holidays excepted) from the date of this notice until the date of the meeting and also at 
the meeting for at least 15 minutes prior to, and until the conclusion of, the meeting. If you wish to inspect these 
documents, please contact the Company at shareholders@fwthorpe.co.uk.

3.  To be entitled to attend and vote at the meeting (and for the purposes of the determination by the Company of 

the votes they may cast), members must be registered in the Register of Members of the Company at 6.30 pm on 
17 November 2020 (or, in the event of any adjournment, 6.30 pm on the date which is two days before the time of 
the adjourned meeting). Changes to the Register of Members of the Company after the relevant deadline shall be 
disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend and vote at the meeting.

128

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   128

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:40

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20204.  A member entitled to attend and vote at the meeting is entitled to appoint a proxy or proxies to attend, speak and 
vote on his or her behalf. A proxy need not also be a member but must attend the meeting to represent you and 
shareholders are urged to appoint the Chairman of the meeting as their proxy, rather than a named person who will 
not be permitted to attend the meeting owing to the UK Government’s restrictions.
Details of how to appoint a proxy using the form of proxy are set out in the notes on the form of proxy.  

5.  To appoint more than one proxy, an additional proxy form(s) may be obtained by contacting the Company’s 

registrars, Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA, or you may photocopy the proxy 
form. Please indicate in the box next to the proxy holder’s name the number of shares in relation to which they 
are authorised to act as your proxy. Please also indicate by ticking the box provided if the proxy instruction is one 
of multiple instructions being given. As no other persons will be entitled to attend the meeting in person due to 
the UK Government’s restrictions, shareholders are urged not to appoint more than one proxy in relation to the 
meeting.  

6.  A reply paid form of proxy is enclosed with shareholders’ copies of this document. To be valid, it should be lodged 
with the Company’s registrars, Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA, so as to be 
received not later than 3.15 pm on 17 November 2020 or 48 hours before the time appointed for any adjourned 
meeting or, in the case of a poll taken subsequent to the date of the meeting or adjourned meeting, so as to be 
received no later than 24 hours before the time appointed for taking the poll.

7.  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies by utilising the CREST electronic proxy appointment service 
may do so for the Annual General Meeting and any adjournment(s) thereof by utilising the procedures described in 
the CREST Manual. CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members (www.euroclear.com), and those 
CREST members who have appointed (a) voting service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting 
service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.

8.  In order for a proxy appointment made by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a “CREST 
Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland’s specifications and 
must contain the information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message must 
be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent ID RA19, by 3.15 pm on 17 November 2020 (or, in the case 
of an adjournment of the Annual General Meeting, not later than 48 hours before the time fixed for the holding 
of the adjourned meeting). For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the 
timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Applications Host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve 
the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST.

9.  CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note that 

Euroclear UK & Ireland does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal 
system timings and limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the 
responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member or 
sponsored member or has appointed (a) voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting 
service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of 
the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST 
sponsors or voting service providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning 
practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.

10.  The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of 

the Uncertificated Securities 2001 (as amended).

11.  As at 30 September 2020 (being the last practicable day prior to the publication of this notice), the Company’s 

issued share capital consists of ordinary shares of 1p each, carrying one vote each. Excluding 2,605,093 shares held 
in treasury, the total voting rights in the Company as at 30 September 2020 are 116,330,497.

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   129

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:40

129

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewNotice of Meeting continued

12. Please note that, as shareholders will not be able to attend the meeting, the Company is proposing to allow 

shareholders the opportunity to raise any issues or concerns arising from the business proposed to be conducted at 
the meeting.  Appropriate questions on the business of the meeting should be emailed to shareholders@fwthorpe.
co.uk before 6.00pm on 18 November 2020 and responses will be posted on the Company’s website on the day after 
the meeting.  The Company will answer any such question relating to the business being dealt with at the meeting, 
but no such answer need be given if:
a.  to do so would interfere unduly with the preparations for the meeting or involve the disclosure of confidential 

information; or

b.  the answer has already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question; or 
c. 

it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting that the question be 
answered. 

By order of the Board

Craig Muncaster 
Joint Chief Executive, Group Financial Director and Company Secretary

Registered Office:  
Merse Road 
North Moons Moat  
Redditch  
Worcestershire 
B98 9HH

30 September 2020

AGM 2020

In the light of the UK Government’s restrictions on public gatherings, which are in place at the time of issuing the notice 
convening the Company’s Annual General Meeting for 2020, the Company is adopting the following arrangements in 
order to ensure that the health and safety of our shareholders, directors, employees and other key stakeholders are 
protected: 

•  The meeting will only address the formal matters contained in the notice convening the meeting.  
• 

In accordance with the Company’s articles of association, the quorum necessary to constitute the meeting is two 
members present in person or by proxy; therefore, two members will be in attendance to form the quorum and 
conduct the business. 

•  Attendance by additional shareholders Is not considered as “essential for work purposes” and so would not be 

permitted under the current restrictions.  Shareholders may not attend in person and will be refused entry to the 
meeting, given the current restrictions. 

•  All shareholders are urged to appoint the Chairman of the meeting as their proxy, with voting instructions.  Please 
refer to the notes to the notice of the meeting for more information regarding proxy voting.  It is emphasised 
that any forms of proxy being returned via a postal service should be submitted as soon as possible, to allow for 
any delays to, or suspensions of, postal services in the UK as a result of measures being implemented by the UK 
Government.  

•  Please note that, as shareholders will not be able to attend the meeting, the Company is proposing to allow 

• 

shareholders the opportunity to raise any issues or concerns arising from the business to be conducted at the 
meeting.  Please refer to the notes to the notice of the meeting for more information.  
If the arrangements for the meeting change due to the UK Government changing the current restrictions or 
implementing further measures relating to the holding of general meetings prior to the meeting (including the 
arrangements outlined above), the Company will issue a further communication via the regulatory news service and 
on its website at www.fwthorpe.co.uk. 

130

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   130

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:41

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020Financial Calendar

2020
12 October
19 November
26 November

2021
March
April
September

Posting of the Annual Report and Accounts
Annual General Meeting
Payment of final dividend

Announcement of interim results
Payment of interim dividend
Announcement of results for the year

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Financials.indd   3

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:33:42

Stock Code: TFW        www. fwthorpe.co.ukF
W
T
h
o
r
p
e
P
l
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
2
0

Merse Road 
North Moons Moat 
Redditch 
Worcestershire 
B98 9HH 
England
Tel: + 44 (0)1527 583200 
Fax: + 44 (0)1527 584177

www.fwthorpe.co.uk

27581-FW Thorpe-AR2020 Strategic.indd   3

Job Number 

  30 September 2020 11:56 am 

  Proof 11

30/09/2020   12:32:04